[go: up one dir, main page]

CN104881152A - Transmitter and Transmitting Method Thereof - Google Patents

Transmitter and Transmitting Method Thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN104881152A
CN104881152A CN201510088398.3A CN201510088398A CN104881152A CN 104881152 A CN104881152 A CN 104881152A CN 201510088398 A CN201510088398 A CN 201510088398A CN 104881152 A CN104881152 A CN 104881152A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
signal
transmitter
metal plate
period
capacitor
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Granted
Application number
CN201510088398.3A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN104881152B (en
Inventor
张钦富
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Egalax Empia Technology Inc
Original Assignee
Egalax Empia Technology Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US14/537,082 external-priority patent/US9851816B2/en
Application filed by Egalax Empia Technology Inc filed Critical Egalax Empia Technology Inc
Publication of CN104881152A publication Critical patent/CN104881152A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN104881152B publication Critical patent/CN104881152B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Landscapes

  • Electronic Switches (AREA)
  • Position Input By Displaying (AREA)

Abstract

本发明是关于一种发信器及其发信方法,该发信器包含一笔尖段,其中该发信器用于根据相应于该笔尖段的一受力程度产生一第一信号,以及通过该笔尖段发出包含该第一信号的一电信号,该电信号的一属性相应于该受力程度。

The present invention relates to a transmitter and a transmitting method thereof, wherein the transmitter comprises a pen tip segment, wherein the transmitter is used to generate a first signal according to a force level corresponding to the pen tip segment, and to transmit an electrical signal including the first signal through the pen tip segment, wherein an attribute of the electrical signal corresponds to the force level.

Description

发信器及其发信方法The sender and its sending method

技术领域technical field

本发明是关于一种发信器,特别是关于一种无须量测受力程度即可发出电信号以表示其受力程度的发信器及其发信方法。The present invention relates to a transmitter, in particular to a transmitter that can send out electrical signals to indicate the degree of force without measuring the degree of force and its signaling method.

背景技术Background technique

触控面板或触控屏幕是现代重要的人机接口,除了用于侦测靠近或接触(合称为近接)人体之外,触控面板也用于侦测近接的笔状物或称触控笔的笔尖,以利使用者较精确地控制笔尖触控的轨迹。Touch panel or touch screen is an important modern human-machine interface. In addition to detecting approaching or touching (collectively referred to as proximity) human body, touch panel is also used to detect approaching pen-like objects or touch The nib of the pen is used to facilitate the user to more precisely control the trajectory of the pen nib touch.

笔状物可以利用笔尖来主动发出电信号,在本文中称之为主动触控笔。当笔尖近接触控面板之时,触控面板上的电极受到电信号的影响而有电磁响应,可以藉由侦测上述电信号相应的电磁响应,而侦测到有笔状物近接该感测电极,并且得知笔尖和触控面板的相对位置。The stylus can use the tip of the stylus to actively send out electrical signals, which is referred to as an active stylus in this article. When the pen tip is close to the touch panel, the electrodes on the touch panel are affected by the electrical signal and have an electromagnetic response. By detecting the electromagnetic response corresponding to the above electrical signal, it is possible to detect that there is a pen-like object approaching the sensor. electrode, and know the relative position of the pen tip and the touch panel.

现有习知的主动触控笔包括有线主动触控笔与无线主动触控笔。有线主动触控笔可直接由连接到触控面板的连接线获得来自触控面板的电力,也可以由连接线将信号传送到触控面板,例如传送表示笔尖受到的压力的信号。有线主动触控笔最大的缺点在于连接线的妨碍造成使用上的不方便。然而,无线主动触控笔则必需解决有线主动触控笔与侦测主动触控笔的控制器间的同步问题,在有线主动触控笔与控制器间并不存在此问题。The conventional active stylus includes a wired active stylus and a wireless active stylus. A wired active stylus can directly obtain power from the touch panel through a connection wire connected to the touch panel, or can transmit a signal to the touch panel through the connection wire, such as a signal indicating the pressure on the pen tip. The biggest disadvantage of the wired active stylus is that it is inconvenient to use due to the obstruction of the connecting wire. However, the wireless active stylus must solve the synchronization problem between the wired active stylus and the controller that detects the active stylus, which does not exist between the wired active stylus and the controller.

此外,主动触控笔相对于被动触控笔的一个差异在于主动触控笔可以加入压力感测,由主动触控笔内的受压装置传达笔尖受力的程度,侦测主动触控笔的控制器或主机能够获得主动触控笔的笔尖受力的信息。然而,如何将笔尖受力的信息提供给侦测主动触控笔的控制器则是本技术领域必需要解决的另一个问题。In addition, a difference between the active stylus and the passive stylus is that the active stylus can be added with pressure sensing. The pressure device inside the active stylus conveys the degree of force on the pen tip and detects the force of the active stylus. The controller or the host can obtain the force information of the pen tip of the active stylus. However, how to provide the information of the force on the pen tip to the controller that detects the active stylus is another problem that must be solved in this technical field.

传统的做法都必须在主动触控笔上加入量测受力信息的电路,比方说模拟数字转换器与相关的电路,接着再使用触控笔上的控制器将表示受力程度的数字信号进行进一步的处理,例如可以是通过无线通讯的方式,但是会增加无线通讯的成本以及功耗,侦测主动触控笔的控制器或主机也必需具备该等无线通讯的能力,增加系统复杂度。此外,可以是将笔尖受力的数字信息转换成为模拟信号大小来表示,然而可能因为温度或湿度的改变、笔与触控面板的远近及噪声的干扰而误判。Traditionally, it is necessary to add a circuit for measuring force information on the active stylus, such as an analog-to-digital converter and related circuits, and then use the controller on the stylus to convert the digital signal indicating the degree of force. Further processing, for example, can be through wireless communication, but it will increase the cost and power consumption of wireless communication. The controller or host that detects the active stylus must also have such wireless communication capabilities, which increases the complexity of the system. In addition, the digital information of the force on the pen tip can be converted into an analog signal to represent it, but it may be misjudged due to changes in temperature or humidity, distance between the pen and the touch panel, and noise interference.

据此,亟需一种能够主动将所受压力准确地发出电信号的主动触控笔,其无须量测受力程度即可发出电信号以表示其受力程度。Accordingly, there is an urgent need for an active stylus that can actively and accurately send electrical signals under pressure, which can send out electrical signals to indicate the degree of force without measuring the degree of force.

发明内容Contents of the invention

本发明的目的在于提供能够主动将所受压力准确地发出电信号的主动触控笔,其无须量测受力程度即可发出电信号以表示其受力程度。The purpose of the present invention is to provide an active stylus that can actively and accurately send out electrical signals under pressure, which can send out electrical signals to indicate the degree of force without measuring the degree of force.

本发明的目的是采用以下技术方案来实现的。本发明提供一种发信器,该发信器包含一笔尖段,其中该发信器用于根据相应于该笔尖段的一受力程度产生一第一信号,以及通过该笔尖段发出包含该第一信号的一电信号,该电信号的一属性相应于该受力程度。The purpose of the present invention is achieved by adopting the following technical solutions. The present invention provides a transmitter, the transmitter includes a nib section, wherein the transmitter is used to generate a first signal according to a degree of force corresponding to the nib section, and send a signal including the first signal through the nib section. An electrical signal of a signal, a property of the electrical signal corresponding to the magnitude of the force.

本发明的目的还可采用以下技术措施进一步实现。The object of the present invention can also be further realized by adopting the following technical measures.

前述的发信器,其中该电信号与该第一信号为模拟信号。In the aforementioned transmitter, the electrical signal and the first signal are analog signals.

前述的发信器,其中该属性为该电信号当中的该第一信号与一第二信号的一强度比例值。In the aforementioned transmitter, the attribute is an intensity ratio value of the first signal and a second signal among the electrical signals.

前述的发信器,其中该第一信号为该电信号当中的一第一频率群组的信号,该第二信号为该电信号当中的一第二频率群组的信号。In the aforementioned transmitter, the first signal is a signal of a first frequency group among the electrical signals, and the second signal is a signal of a second frequency group among the electrical signals.

前述的发信器,更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。The aforementioned transmitter further includes a first element and a second element, wherein the first element is used to generate the first signal according to the force level, and the second element is used to generate the second signal.

前述的发信器,更包含一放大器,用于分别接收该第一元件与该第二元件所输出的该第一信号与该第二信号,放大后输出该电信号到该笔尖段。The aforementioned transmitter further includes an amplifier for respectively receiving the first signal and the second signal output by the first component and the second component, amplifying and outputting the electrical signal to the pen tip.

前述的发信器,更包含:一第一放大器用于接收与放大一第一信号源的输出信号至该第一元件;以及一第二放大器用于接收与放大一第二信号源的输出信号至该第一元件。The aforementioned transmitter further includes: a first amplifier for receiving and amplifying an output signal of a first signal source to the first element; and a second amplifier for receiving and amplifying an output signal of a second signal source to the first element.

前述的发信器,其中该第一信号为在一第一时间内的该电信号,该第二信号为在一第二时间内的该电信号。In the aforementioned transmitter, the first signal is the electrical signal within a first time period, and the second signal is the electrical signal within a second time period.

前述的发信器,其中该第一信号与该第二信号具有相同的频率群组。In the aforementioned transmitter, the first signal and the second signal have the same frequency group.

前述的发信器,更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。The aforementioned transmitter further includes a first element and a second element, wherein the first element is used to generate the first signal according to the force level, and the second element is used to generate the second signal.

前述的发信器,更包含一放大器,用于分别接收该第一元件与该第二元件所输出的该第一信号与该第二信号,放大后输出该电信号到该笔尖段。The aforementioned transmitter further includes an amplifier for respectively receiving the first signal and the second signal output by the first component and the second component, amplifying and outputting the electrical signal to the pen tip.

本发明的目的是采用以下技术方案来实现的。本发明提供一种发信器的发信方法,其中该发信器包含一笔尖段,该发信方法包含:根据相应于该笔尖段的一受力程度产生一第一信号;以及通过该笔尖段发出包含该第一信号的一电信号,该电信号的一属性相应于该受力程度。The purpose of the present invention is achieved by adopting the following technical solutions. The present invention provides a signaling method of a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a nib section, the signaling method includes: generating a first signal according to a force degree corresponding to the nib section; and passing the nib The segment emits an electrical signal including the first signal, and a property of the electrical signal corresponds to the force level.

本发明的目的还可采用以下技术措施进一步实现。The object of the present invention can also be further realized by adopting the following technical measures.

前述的发信方法,其中该电信号与该第一信号为模拟信号。In the aforementioned signaling method, wherein the electrical signal and the first signal are analog signals.

前述的发信方法,其中该属性为该电信号当中的该第一信号与一第二信号的一强度比例值。In the aforementioned signaling method, wherein the attribute is an intensity ratio value of the first signal and a second signal among the electrical signals.

前述的发信方法,其中该第一信号为该电信号当中的一第一频率群组的信号,该第二信号为该电信号当中的一第二频率群组的信号。The aforementioned signaling method, wherein the first signal is a signal of a first frequency group among the electrical signals, and the second signal is a signal of a second frequency group among the electrical signals.

前述的发信方法,其中该发信器更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。The aforementioned signaling method, wherein the transmitter further includes a first component and a second component, wherein the first component is used to generate the first signal according to the degree of force, and the second component is used to generate the first signal Two signals.

前述的发信方法,其中该第一信号为在一第一时间内的该电信号,该第二信号为在一第二时间内的该电信号。The aforementioned signaling method, wherein the first signal is the electrical signal within a first time period, and the second signal is the electrical signal within a second time period.

前述的发信方法,其中该第一信号与该第二信号具有相同的频率群组。In the aforementioned signaling method, wherein the first signal and the second signal have the same frequency group.

前述的发信方法,其中该发信器更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。The aforementioned signaling method, wherein the transmitter further includes a first component and a second component, wherein the first component is used to generate the first signal according to the degree of force, and the second component is used to generate the first signal Two signals.

本发明的有益效果之一,在于提供能够主动将所受压力准确地发出电信号的主动触控笔,其无须量测受力程度即可发出电信号以表示其受力程度。One of the beneficial effects of the present invention is to provide an active stylus that can actively and accurately send electrical signals under pressure, and can send out electrical signals to indicate the degree of force without measuring the degree of force.

上述说明仅是本发明技术方案的概述,为了能够更清楚了解本发明的技术手段,而可依照说明书的内容予以实施,并且为了让本发明的上述和其他目的、特征和优点能够更明显易懂,以下特举较佳实施例,并配合附图,详细说明如下。The above description is only an overview of the technical solution of the present invention. In order to better understand the technical means of the present invention, it can be implemented according to the contents of the description, and in order to make the above and other purposes, features and advantages of the present invention more obvious and understandable , the following preferred embodiments are specifically cited, and in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, the detailed description is as follows.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1是根据本发明一实施例的触控系统的示意图。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a touch control system according to an embodiment of the invention.

图2A是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention.

图2B是根据本发明一实施例的一发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention.

图2C是根据本发明一实施例的一发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 2C is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention.

图2D与图2E是图2A实施例的两个电路分析示意图。FIG. 2D and FIG. 2E are two circuit analysis diagrams of the embodiment in FIG. 2A .

图2F是根据本发明一实施例的一发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 2F is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图3是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图4A是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 4A is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention.

图4B是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 4B is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the invention.

图5是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图6是根据本发明一实施例的触控装置判断发信器或主动触控笔笔尖感测值方法的流程示意图。FIG. 6 is a flow diagram of a method for a touch device to determine a sensing value of a transmitter or a tip of an active stylus according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图7A是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 7A is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图7B是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 7B is a schematic diagram of the inside of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图7C是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 7C is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图7D是根据本发明一实施例的发信器内部的示意图。FIG. 7D is a schematic diagram of the interior of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图8是根据本发明一实施例的触控装置判断发信器笔尖感测值方法的流程示意图。FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a method for a touch device to determine a sensing value of a pen tip of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图9A是根据本发明一实施例的发信器的信号调变的时序示意图。FIG. 9A is a timing diagram of signal modulation of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图9B是根据本发明一实施例的发信器的信号调变的时序示意图。FIG. 9B is a timing diagram of signal modulation of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图9C是根据本发明一实施例的发信器的信号调变的时序示意图。FIG. 9C is a timing diagram of signal modulation of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图9D是根据本发明一实施例的发信器的信号调变的时序示意图。FIG. 9D is a timing diagram of signal modulation of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图9E是根据本发明一实施例的发信器的信号调变的时序示意图。FIG. 9E is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图9F是根据本发明一实施例的发信器的信号调变的时序示意图。FIG. 9F is a timing diagram of signal modulation of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图10是根据本发明一实施例的噪声传播示意图。Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of noise propagation according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图11是根据本发明另一实施例的第一电容的结构示意图。Fig. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of a first capacitor according to another embodiment of the present invention.

图12是图11所示实施例的一种减省表示图。FIG. 12 is a simplified representation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11. FIG.

图13是图12所示实施例的一种变形的示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 .

图14是图13所示实施例的一种变形的示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 .

图15是图14所示实施例的一种变形的示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14 .

图16A是根据本发明一实施例的示意图。Figure 16A is a schematic diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图16B是图16A所示实施例的一种变形的示意图。Fig. 16B is a schematic diagram of a variation of the embodiment shown in Fig. 16A.

图17A与图17B是根据本发明的第一电容与第二电容的结构示意图。17A and 17B are structural schematic diagrams of the first capacitor and the second capacitor according to the present invention.

图18是图11所示实施例的一种变形的示意图。FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 .

图19A是发信器的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。FIG. 19A is an exploded schematic diagram of the center section of the force sensing capacitor and its structure of the transmitter.

图19B是图19A所示的结构组合之后的一剖面示意图。FIG. 19B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the structure shown in FIG. 19A after assembly.

图19C是图19A所示的结构组合之后的另一剖面示意图。FIG. 19C is another schematic cross-sectional view after the structure shown in FIG. 19A is assembled.

图19D是根据本发明一实施例的发信器的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。FIG. 19D is an exploded schematic diagram of a central section of a force sensing capacitor and its structure of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图19E是根据本发明一实施例的发信器的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。FIG. 19E is an exploded schematic diagram of a central section of a force sensing capacitor and its structure of a transmitter according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图20(a)、图20(b)、图20(c)及图20(d)是图19A中的可压缩导体与绝缘膜的接触面的剖面示意图。20( a ), FIG. 20( b ), FIG. 20( c ) and FIG. 20( d ) are schematic cross-sectional views of the contact surface of the compressible conductor and the insulating film in FIG. 19A .

图21是根据本发明一实施例的压力传感器的示意图。21 is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图22是根据本发明一实施例的压力传感器的示意图。22 is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图23A与23B是根据本发明一实施例的简单开关的结构示意图。23A and 23B are structural schematic diagrams of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图24A与24B是根据本发明一实施例的简单开关的结构示意图。24A and 24B are structural schematic diagrams of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图25是本发明提供一种推断笔尖位置的示意图。Fig. 25 is a schematic diagram of inferring the position of the pen tip provided by the present invention.

图26是根据本发明一实施例的计算倾斜角的示意图。Fig. 26 is a schematic diagram of calculating an inclination angle according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图27是显示接口反应前述倾斜角与/或压力的笔触的实施例的示意图。FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of an interface responding to strokes of the aforementioned tilt angle and/or pressure.

图28(a)和图28(b)是在显示接口反应前述倾角与/或压力的笔触的另一实施例的示意图。FIG. 28( a ) and FIG. 28( b ) are schematic diagrams of another embodiment in which the display interface responds to the strokes of the aforementioned inclination angle and/or pressure.

图29是根据本发明一实施例的侦测灯塔信号系统的方框示意图。FIG. 29 is a block schematic diagram of a system for detecting lighthouse signals according to an embodiment of the present invention.

【主要元件符号说明】[Description of main component symbols]

100:触控系统                110:发信器100: Touch system 110: Transmitter

120:触控面板                121:第一电极120: Touch panel 121: First electrode

122:第二电极                130:触控处理装置122: Second electrode 130: Touch processing device

140:主机                    210:信号源140: host 210: signal source

211:第一信号源              212:第二信号源211: The first signal source 212: The second signal source

215:信号开关                221:第一元件215: signal switch 221: first component

222:第二元件                230:笔尖段222: Second component 230: Pen tip section

240:放大器                  241:第一放大器240: amplifier 241: first amplifier

242:第二放大器              321:第一电容242: Second amplifier 321: First capacitor

322:第二电容                441:橡皮擦电容322: Second capacitor 441: Eraser capacitor

442:笔杆电容                523:环状电容442: pen holder capacitor 523: ring capacitor

550:环状电极                551:环状电极导线550: Ring electrode 551: Ring electrode wire

610~660:步骤               714:单一信号源610~660: Step 714: Single signal source

760:控制单元                770:发信器无线通讯单元760: Control unit 770: Transmitter wireless communication unit

771:发信器有线通讯单元      780:主机无线通讯单元771: Transmitter wired communication unit 780: Host wireless communication unit

781:主机有线通讯单元        810~860:步骤781: Host wired communication unit 810~860: Steps

1110:第一金属板             1110A:第一金属板A1110: First metal plate 1110A: First metal plate A

1110B:第一金属板B           1120:第二金属板1110B: first metal plate B 1120: second metal plate

1120A:第二金属板A           1120B:第二金属板B1120A: second metal plate A 1120B: second metal plate B

1130:第三金属板             1130A:第三金属板A1130: The third metal plate 1130A: The third metal plate A

1130B:第三金属板B           1140:抬升元件或斜面装置1130B: third metal plate B 1140: lifting element or ramp device

1150:支撑元件               1970:可动元件1150: Supporting elements 1970: Movable elements

1971:前端可动元件           1972:后端可动元件1971: Front movable element 1972: Rear movable element

1973:绝缘膜                 1974:可压缩导体1973: Insulating films 1974: Compressible conductors

1975:导体基底               1976:基座导线1975: Conductor base 1976: Base wire

1977:可动元件导线           1978:弹性元件1977: Moving element lead 1978: Elastic element

1979:可压缩绝缘材料         1980:壳体1979: Compressible insulating materials 1980: Housings

1990:印刷电路板             2110:压力传感器1990: Printed circuit boards 2110: Pressure sensors

2120:控制单元               2210:压力传感器2120: Control unit 2210: Pressure sensor

2220:控制单元               2610~2650:步骤2220: Control unit 2610~2650: Steps

2900:侦测灯塔信号系统       2910:接收电极2900: Detection Lighthouse Signaling System 2910: Receiving Electrode

2920:侦测模块               2921:模拟前端2920: Detection module 2921: Analog front end

2922:比较器                 2930:解调变器2922: Comparator 2930: Demodulator

Sw1~Sw6:开关               SWB:开关Sw1~Sw6: switch SWB: switch

SWE:开关SWE: switch

具体实施方式Detailed ways

本发明将详细描述一些实施例如下。然而,除了所揭露的实施例外,本发明的范围并不受该些实施例的限定,乃以其后的申请专利范围为准。而为了提供更清楚的描述及使该项技艺的普通人员能理解本发明的发明内容,图示内各部分并没有依照其相对的尺寸进行绘图,某些尺寸或其他相关尺度的比例可能被凸显出来而显得夸张,且不相关的细节部分并没有完全绘出,以求图示的简洁。The present invention will be described in detail in some embodiments as follows. However, except for the disclosed embodiments, the scope of the present invention is not limited by these embodiments, and the scope of the subsequent patent applications shall prevail. In order to provide a clearer description and enable ordinary people in the art to understand the content of the invention, the various parts in the illustrations are not drawn according to their relative sizes, and the proportions of certain dimensions or other relative dimensions may be highlighted It appears exaggerated, and irrelevant details are not fully drawn in order to simplify the diagram.

请参考图1所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的触控系统100的示意图。触控系统100包含至少一个发信器110、触控面板120、触控处理装置130与主机140。该发信器110在本实施例中以可主动发出电信号的主动式触控笔为例,实际实施则不以此为限。本触控系统100可以包含多个发信器110。上述的触控面板120形成于基板,该触控面板120可以为触控屏幕,本发明并不限定触控面板120的形式。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which is a schematic diagram of a touch control system 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The touch system 100 includes at least one transmitter 110 , a touch panel 120 , a touch processing device 130 and a host 140 . In this embodiment, the transmitter 110 is taken as an example of an active stylus that can actively send out electric signals, and the actual implementation is not limited thereto. The touch control system 100 may include multiple transmitters 110 . The above-mentioned touch panel 120 is formed on the substrate, and the touch panel 120 may be a touch screen, and the form of the touch panel 120 is not limited in the present invention.

在一实施例中,该触控面板120的触控区内包含多个第一电极121与多个第二电极122,两者重叠处形成多个电容性耦合感测点。这些第一电极121与第二电极122分别连接到触控处理装置130。在互电容的侦测模式下,该第一电极121可以称为第一导电条或驱动电极,该第二电极122可以称为第二导电条或感测电极。该触控处理装置130可以利用提供驱动电压(驱动信号的电压)到该些第一电极121,并量测该些第二电极122的信号变化,得知有外部导电对象靠近或接触(简称近接)该触控面板120。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到,上述的触控处理装置130可以利用互电容或自电容的方式来侦测近接事件与近接对象,在此不再加以详述。除了互电容或自电容的侦测方式之外,触控处理装置130还可以侦测该发信器110所发出的电信号,进而侦测出该发信器110与该触控面板120的相对位置。在一实施例中,是分别量测第一电极121与第二电极122的信号变化,以侦测发信器110的信号,藉此侦测出发信器110与触控面板120的相对位置。由于发信器110的信号与互电容或自电容的驱动信号所发出的频率不同,也不互为谐振波,因此触控处理装置130可分别区分出发信器110所发出的信号与互电容或自电容的信号。在另一实施例中,触控面板120可以是表面电容触控面板,在四个角落或四个边分别具有一个电极,触控处理装置130是分别或同时量测四个电极的信号变化来侦测出发信器110与触控面板120的相对位置。In one embodiment, the touch area of the touch panel 120 includes a plurality of first electrodes 121 and a plurality of second electrodes 122 , and a plurality of capacitive coupling sensing points are formed at the overlap of the two electrodes. The first electrodes 121 and the second electrodes 122 are respectively connected to the touch processing device 130 . In mutual capacitance detection mode, the first electrode 121 may be called a first conductive strip or a driving electrode, and the second electrode 122 may be called a second conductive strip or a sensing electrode. The touch processing device 130 can provide a driving voltage (the voltage of a driving signal) to the first electrodes 121 and measure the signal changes of the second electrodes 122 to know that there is an external conductive object approaching or touching (referred to as proximity). ) the touch panel 120. Those skilled in the art can understand that the above-mentioned touch processing device 130 can use mutual capacitance or self-capacitance to detect proximity events and proximity objects, which will not be described in detail here. In addition to mutual capacitance or self-capacitance detection, the touch processing device 130 can also detect the electrical signal sent by the transmitter 110, and then detect the relative relationship between the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120. Location. In one embodiment, the signal changes of the first electrode 121 and the second electrode 122 are respectively measured to detect the signal of the transmitter 110 , thereby detecting the relative position of the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120 . Since the signal from the transmitter 110 and the driving signal from the mutual capacitance or self-capacitance have different frequencies and are not mutually resonant waves, the touch processing device 130 can distinguish the signal from the transmitter 110 from the mutual capacitance or self-capacitance. self-capacitance signal. In another embodiment, the touch panel 120 may be a surface capacitive touch panel, with one electrode at each of the four corners or four sides, and the touch processing device 130 measures the signal changes of the four electrodes separately or simultaneously to obtain Relative positions of the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120 are detected.

在图1中还包含主机140,其可以是中央处理器,或者是嵌入式系统内的主处理器,或是其他形式的计算机。在一实施例中,该触控系统100可以是平板计算机,该主机140可以是执行平板计算机作业程序的中央处理器。比方说,该平板计算机执行安卓(Android)操作系统,该主机140为执行安卓操作系统的安谋(ARM)处理器。本发明并不限定该主机140与该触控处理装置130之间所传输的信息形式,只要所传输的信息跟该触控面板120上所发生的近接事件相关即可。Also included in FIG. 1 is a host 140, which may be a central processing unit, or a main processor in an embedded system, or other forms of computers. In one embodiment, the touch control system 100 may be a tablet computer, and the host 140 may be a central processing unit executing an operation program of the tablet computer. For example, the tablet computer executes the Android operating system, and the host 140 is an ARM processor executing the Android operating system. The present invention does not limit the form of information transmitted between the host 140 and the touch processing device 130 , as long as the transmitted information is related to the proximity event occurring on the touch panel 120 .

由于需要主动发出电信号,所以发信器110或主动触控笔需要电力供应发出电信号所需的能量。在一实施例中,发信器110的电能来源可以是电池,特别是可充电电池。在另一实施例中,笔状物的电能来源可以是电容,特别是一种超级电容(Ultra-capacitor或Super-capacitor),例如是电双层电容(EDLC,Electrica l DoubleLayered Capacitor)、虚拟电容(Pseudocapacitor)、与混合电容(hybrid capacitor)三种型态的超级电容。超级电容的充电时间大约是以秒钟计算的数量级,而在本发明实施例中,超级电容的放电时间大约是以小时计算的数量级。换言之,只需要短时间的充电,就可以长时间地使用主动笔。Since the electrical signal needs to be actively sent, the transmitter 110 or the active stylus needs power supply to send the energy required for the electrical signal. In an embodiment, the power source of the transmitter 110 may be a battery, especially a rechargeable battery. In another embodiment, the electrical energy source of the pen-like object can be a capacitor, especially a super capacitor (Ultra-capacitor or Super-capacitor), such as an electric double layer capacitor (EDLC, Electric l DoubleLayered Capacitor), virtual capacitor (Pseudocapacitor), and hybrid capacitor (hybrid capacitor) three types of supercapacitors. The charging time of the supercapacitor is on the order of seconds, and in the embodiment of the present invention, the discharging time of the supercapacitor is on the order of hours. In other words, the active pen can be used for a long time only after charging for a short time.

在一实施例中,触控面板120会周期性地发出灯塔信号(beacon signal)。当发信器110或触控笔笔尖近接到触控面板120之后,发信器110可以藉由笔尖感应到该灯塔信号,进而开始发出电信号达一段时间,以供触控面板120侦测之用。如此一来,发信器110或可以在未侦测该灯塔信号的时候,停止发出该电信号,藉由延长发信器110电源的使用时间。In one embodiment, the touch panel 120 sends out a beacon signal periodically. When the transmitter 110 or the pen tip of the stylus is close to the touch panel 120, the transmitter 110 can sense the lighthouse signal through the pen tip, and then start to send out electrical signals for a period of time for the touch panel 120 to detect. use. In this way, the transmitter 110 may stop sending the electrical signal when the lighthouse signal is not detected, by prolonging the use time of the power supply of the transmitter 110 .

上述的灯塔信号可以利用多条第一电极121与/或第二电极122来发出。在一实施例中,当利用第一电极121来发出互电容触控侦测的驱动信号时,该驱动信号与该灯塔信号的频率是不同的,且不是对方的谐振波。因此,可以在发出驱动信号的期间同时发出该灯塔信号,亦即同时进行互电容触控侦测与电信号的侦测。在另一实施例中,可以轮流发出该驱动信号与灯塔信号,亦即分时进行互电容触控侦测与电信号的侦测,该驱动信号与该灯塔信号的频率可以是相同或不同。The lighthouse signal mentioned above can be sent out by using a plurality of first electrodes 121 and/or second electrodes 122 . In one embodiment, when the first electrode 121 is used to send a driving signal for mutual capacitance touch detection, the frequency of the driving signal is different from that of the lighthouse signal, and they are not the resonant wave of each other. Therefore, the lighthouse signal can be sent out simultaneously during the period of sending out the driving signal, that is, mutual capacitance touch detection and electric signal detection can be performed at the same time. In another embodiment, the driving signal and the lighthouse signal can be sent out in turn, that is, mutual capacitance touch detection and electric signal detection are performed time-sharingly, and the frequencies of the driving signal and the lighthouse signal can be the same or different.

在一实施例中,为使发信器110可在距离触控面板120较远处亦可侦测到灯塔信号,可使触控处理装置130对触控面板120上所有的第一电极121与第二电极122在同一时间发出驱动信号,以使触控面板120所发出的信号强度总和为最大。In one embodiment, in order to enable the transmitter 110 to detect the lighthouse signal even at a distance from the touch panel 120 , the touch processing device 130 can make all the first electrodes 121 and the touch panel 120 on the touch panel 120 The second electrodes 122 send driving signals at the same time, so that the sum of the signal strengths sent by the touch panel 120 is the maximum.

请参考图2A所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。该发信器110包含第一信号源211、第二信号源212、具有第一阻抗Z1的第一元件221、具有第二阻抗Z2的第二元件222以及笔尖段230。其中,该第一信号源211所发出的第一信号,经由该第一元件221与笔尖段230后,传送到触控面板120。类似地,该第二信号源212所发出的第二信号,经由该第二元件222与笔尖段230后,传送到触控面板120。Please refer to FIG. 2A , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211 , a second signal source 212 , a first element 221 with a first impedance Z1 , a second element 222 with a second impedance Z2 , and a tip section 230 . Wherein, the first signal sent by the first signal source 211 is transmitted to the touch panel 120 after passing through the first element 221 and the tip section 230 . Similarly, the second signal sent by the second signal source 212 is transmitted to the touch panel 120 after passing through the second element 222 and the tip section 230 .

在一实施例中,该第一信号为包含第一频率f1的信号,该第二信号为包含第二频率f2的信号。该第一频率f1与第二频率f2可以是方波信号,也可以是弦波信号,也可以是脉冲宽度调变(Pulse Width Modulation)过后的信号。在一实施例中,该第一频率f1不同于该灯塔信号的频率与该驱动信号的频率,也不同于该灯塔信号的频率与该驱动信号的频率的谐振频率。该第二频率f2不同于该第一频率f1、该灯塔信号的频率与该驱动信号的频率,也不同于该第一频率f1、该灯塔频率信号的与该驱动频率的信号的谐振频率。In one embodiment, the first signal is a signal including a first frequency f1, and the second signal is a signal including a second frequency f2. The first frequency f1 and the second frequency f2 may be square wave signals, sine wave signals, or signals after pulse width modulation (Pulse Width Modulation). In one embodiment, the first frequency f1 is different from the frequency of the lighthouse signal and the frequency of the driving signal, and also different from the resonant frequency between the frequency of the lighthouse signal and the frequency of the driving signal. The second frequency f2 is different from the first frequency f1, the frequency of the lighthouse signal and the frequency of the driving signal, and also different from the first frequency f1, the resonant frequency of the lighthouse frequency signal and the signal of the driving frequency.

该两个频率的信号各自经过具有第一阻抗Z1的第一元件221与具有第二阻抗Z2的第二元件222之后混频,并且馈入笔尖段230。上述的第一元件221与第二元件222可以是电阻元件、电感元件、电容元件(如固态电容)或其任意组合所造成的阻抗。在图2A所示的实施例中,第二阻抗Z2可以是固定不变的,第一阻抗Z1是可变的,而且相应于某一传感器的变化量。The signals of the two frequencies are respectively mixed by the first element 221 having the first impedance Z1 and the second element 222 having the second impedance Z2 , and fed into the tip section 230 . The first element 221 and the second element 222 mentioned above may be resistance elements, inductance elements, capacitance elements (such as solid capacitors) or impedances caused by any combination thereof. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 2A, the second impedance Z2 may be fixed, and the first impedance Z1 may be variable, and corresponds to the variation of a certain sensor.

在另一实施例中,第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2都是可变的,其两者的比例值相应于某一传感器的变化量。在一实施例中,该传感器可以是可伸缩的弹性笔尖,上述的第一阻抗Z1可以相应于弹性笔尖的行程或受力程度而变化。在某些范例中,上述的第一阻抗Z1线性地相应于传感器的物理量的变化。但在另外的范例中,上述的第一阻抗Z1是非线性地相应于传感器的物理量的变化。In another embodiment, both the first impedance Z1 and the second impedance Z2 are variable, and the ratio between them corresponds to the variation of a certain sensor. In an embodiment, the sensor may be a retractable elastic pen tip, and the above-mentioned first impedance Z1 may change corresponding to the stroke or force of the elastic pen tip. In some examples, the above-mentioned first impedance Z1 linearly corresponds to the change of the physical quantity of the sensor. But in another example, the above-mentioned first impedance Z1 is nonlinearly corresponding to the change of the physical quantity of the sensor.

上述的第一元件221与第二元件222可以是不同的电子元件。例如第一元件221是电阻,第二元件222是电容,反之亦然。又例如第一元件221是电阻,第二元件222是电感,反之亦然。再例如第一元件221是电感,第二元件222是电容,反之亦然。上述第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2中至少一者是可变的,例如阻值可变电阻、容值可变的电容、或电感值可变的电感。当上述第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2中的一者是不可变时,可以用现有的电子元件来设置,例如一般的固定阻值的电阻元件、固定容值的电容元件或固定电感值的电感元件。The above-mentioned first component 221 and the second component 222 may be different electronic components. For example, the first element 221 is a resistor, and the second element 222 is a capacitor, and vice versa. Another example is that the first element 221 is a resistor, and the second element 222 is an inductor, and vice versa. For another example, the first element 221 is an inductor, and the second element 222 is a capacitor, and vice versa. At least one of the first impedance Z1 and the second impedance Z2 is variable, such as a variable resistance resistor, a variable capacitance capacitor, or a variable inductance inductor. When one of the above-mentioned first impedance Z1 and second impedance Z2 is invariable, it can be set with existing electronic components, such as a general fixed resistance resistance element, a fixed capacitance capacitance element or a fixed inductance value inductive components.

在一实施例中,第一元件221可以是力感测电阻(FSR,force sensing resistor),其电阻值相应所受到的作用力而产生可预期的变化,而第二元件222可以是固定电阻。在另一实施例中,第一元件221可以是可变电阻。因此,在其他条件相同的情况下,笔尖端230所发出的电信号当中,第一频率f1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2的信号部分的强度M2的比值,将与第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2的比值成反比。换言之,亦即M1/M2=k(Z2/Z1)。关于这部分的电路分析,请参见后续关于图2D与图2E部分的说明。In one embodiment, the first element 221 can be a force sensing resistor (FSR, force sensing resistor), the resistance of which can change predictably according to the applied force, and the second element 222 can be a fixed resistor. In another embodiment, the first element 221 may be a variable resistor. Therefore, under other conditions being the same, among the electrical signals sent by the pen tip 230, the ratio of the strength M1 of the signal part of the first frequency f1 to the strength M2 of the signal part of the second frequency f2 will be equal to the first impedance Z1 It is inversely proportional to the ratio of the second impedance Z2. In other words, M1/M2=k(Z2/Z1). For the circuit analysis of this part, please refer to the subsequent descriptions of FIG. 2D and FIG. 2E.

因此,当发信器110悬浮在触控面板120的上方时,笔尖段230尚未有任何位移或受力,所以触控面板120所侦测到的电信号当中,第一频率f1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2的信号部分的强度M2的比值是个固定值或是预设值。或在另一实施例中,(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)的比值也是个固定值或预设值。除此之外,也可以利用M1/(M1+M2)或是M2/(M1+M2)的比例来表示压力值。在上述的四种比例以外,熟悉该项技艺的普通技术人员也可以想到以任何牵涉到强度M1与M2的比例值来替换。换言之,当侦测到该比例值为该固定值时,则可以判断出该传感器并没有感测到该物理量有任何变化量。在一实施例中,即发信器110并未接触到触控面板120。Therefore, when the transmitter 110 floats above the touch panel 120, the pen tip section 230 has not yet experienced any displacement or force, so among the electrical signals detected by the touch panel 120, the signal part of the first frequency f1 The ratio of the intensity M1 to the intensity M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency f2 is a fixed value or a preset value. Or in another embodiment, the ratio of (M1-M2)/(M1+M2) or (M2-M1)/(M1+M2) is also a fixed value or a preset value. Besides, the ratio of M1/(M1+M2) or M2/(M1+M2) can also be used to represent the pressure value. In addition to the above four ratios, those skilled in the art can think of any ratios involving the intensities M1 and M2 to replace. In other words, when the proportional value is detected to be the fixed value, it can be determined that the sensor has not sensed any change in the physical quantity. In one embodiment, the transmitter 110 is not in contact with the touch panel 120 .

当发信器110接触到触控面板120之后,笔尖段230即因为受力而有位移行程。该第一元件221的第一阻抗Z1即相应于笔尖段230的行程或受力程度而变化,而使得电信号当中第一频率f1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2的信号部分的强度M2的比值产生变化,不同于上述的固定值或预设值。触控面板120即可以利用上述的关系,根据该比值产生相对应的感测值。前述的固定值或预设值并不限于单一数值,亦可以是在误差容忍内的范围。When the transmitter 110 touches the touch panel 120, the tip section 230 has a displacement stroke due to the force. The first impedance Z1 of the first element 221 changes corresponding to the stroke or force of the pen tip section 230, so that the strength M1 of the signal part of the first frequency f1 and the strength of the signal part of the second frequency f2 among the electrical signals The ratio of M2 changes, which is different from the above-mentioned fixed value or preset value. The touch panel 120 can use the above relationship to generate corresponding sensing values according to the ratio. The above-mentioned fixed value or preset value is not limited to a single value, and may also be within a tolerance range.

需要注意的是,该比值与该感测值未必具有线性的关系。更进一步来说,该感测值与该传感器的位移行程或该传感器的受力程度也未必具有线性的关系。该感测值只是该触控面板120所感测出的一个值,本发明并不限定其关系。比方说,该触控面板120可以利用查找表或多个计算公式从该比值对应至该感测值。It should be noted that the ratio does not necessarily have a linear relationship with the sensed value. Furthermore, the sensed value does not necessarily have a linear relationship with the displacement stroke of the sensor or the force applied to the sensor. The sensing value is only a value sensed by the touch panel 120 , and the present invention does not limit the relationship thereof. For example, the touch panel 120 can use a look-up table or a plurality of calculation formulas to correspond from the ratio to the sensed value.

请参考图2B所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图2A的实施例类似,图2B所示的实施例在第一元件221与第二元件222输出的混合信号之后,多增加了一个放大器240,用于放大该混合信号。在一实施例中,对于上述的第一频率f1与第二频率f2,该放大器240的放大率或是增益都是相同的。在一实施例中,上述放大器240的放大率或是增益是固定的。在另一实施例中,上述放大器240的放大率或是增益是可调的,换言之,该放大器240是一种可变增益放大器。Please refer to FIG. 2B , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Similar to the embodiment in FIG. 2A , in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2B , after the mixed signal output by the first element 221 and the second element 222 , an additional amplifier 240 is added for amplifying the mixed signal. In one embodiment, for the above-mentioned first frequency f1 and second frequency f2, the amplification ratio or gain of the amplifier 240 is the same. In one embodiment, the amplification ratio or gain of the amplifier 240 is fixed. In another embodiment, the amplification ratio or gain of the amplifier 240 is adjustable, in other words, the amplifier 240 is a variable gain amplifier.

请参考图2C所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图2A的实施例类似,图2C所示的实施例在第一信号源211与第二信号源212的输出信号之后,分别接了一第一放大器241与一第二放大器242,分别用于放大第一信号源211与第二信号源212的输出信号。在一实施例中,上述第一放大器241与第二放大器242的放大率或是增益是固定的,且两者的增益是相同的。在另一实施例中,上述第一放大器241与第二放大器242的放大率或是增益是可调的,且两者的增益是相同的。换言之,该第一放大器241与第二放大器242是可变增益放大器。Please refer to FIG. 2C , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Similar to the embodiment of FIG. 2A, the embodiment shown in FIG. 2C connects a first amplifier 241 and a second amplifier 242 respectively after the output signals of the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212, respectively for The output signals of the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 are amplified. In one embodiment, the amplification ratio or gain of the first amplifier 241 and the second amplifier 242 are fixed, and the gains of the two amplifiers are the same. In another embodiment, the amplification ratio or gain of the first amplifier 241 and the second amplifier 242 are adjustable, and the gains of the two amplifiers are the same. In other words, the first amplifier 241 and the second amplifier 242 are variable gain amplifiers.

假设在图2B与图2C的实施例当中,增益以及其他条件都是相同的情况下,图2B所示的实施例会较图2C所示的实施例来得省电。由于经过第一元件221或第二元件222的信号尚未被放大,因此省去这部分所消耗的能量。在本申请当中,可以将放大器置放在笔尖段230之前,以便混合并且放大来自第一元件221与第二元件222的信号,再输出到笔尖段230。除此之外,也可以将放大器置放在信号源之后,以便提供较大的输入信号至第一元件221与第二元件222。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到,本申请并不限制放大器所置放的位置,或者是否具有放大器。因此在往后的实施例当中,均略去放大器不论。Assuming that the gain and other conditions are the same in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2B and FIG. 2C , the embodiment shown in FIG. 2B can save power compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 2C . Since the signal passing through the first element 221 or the second element 222 has not been amplified, this part of the consumed energy is saved. In this application, the amplifier can be placed before the tip section 230 to mix and amplify the signals from the first element 221 and the second element 222 , and then output to the tip section 230 . In addition, the amplifier can also be placed after the signal source to provide a larger input signal to the first element 221 and the second element 222 . Those skilled in the art can understand that the present application does not limit where the amplifier is placed, or whether there is an amplifier. Therefore, in the following embodiments, the amplifier is omitted.

请参考图2D与图2E所示,其是图2A实施例的两个电路分析示意图。在此实施例当中,当笔尖段230所发出的信号与触控面板120上的电极形成电容性耦合的电路时,假定该笔尖段230与触控面板120的总阻抗为Z3。而上述的第一频率信号强度M1与第二频率信号强度M2可以对应为流经阻抗值为Z3的电路的电流值。由于笔尖段230与触控面板120的距离是未知的,就算笔尖段230接触到了触控面板120,但笔尖段230与各个电极之间的距离也是未知的,因此阻抗值Z3是可变的,随着笔尖段230与触控面板120之间的相对位置不断变化。Please refer to FIG. 2D and FIG. 2E , which are two circuit analysis diagrams of the embodiment in FIG. 2A . In this embodiment, when the signal sent by the tip section 230 forms a capacitively coupled circuit with the electrodes on the touch panel 120 , it is assumed that the total impedance of the tip section 230 and the touch panel 120 is Z3. The above-mentioned first frequency signal strength M1 and second frequency signal strength M2 may correspond to the current value flowing through the circuit whose impedance value is Z3. Since the distance between the pen tip section 230 and the touch panel 120 is unknown, even if the pen tip section 230 touches the touch panel 120, the distance between the pen tip section 230 and each electrode is also unknown, so the impedance value Z3 is variable. As the relative position between the tip section 230 and the touch panel 120 changes continuously.

为了分别分析相应于第一频率信号强度M1与第二频率信号强度M2所对应的电流值,分别使用图2D与图2E来加以说明。在图2D的电路分析当中,第二信号源212并没有输出信号到第二元件222,第一信号源211所输出的信号先经过第一元件221,接着再分别流经并联的第二元件222与触控面板120,经地面后再回到第一信号源211形成回路。在图2E的电路分析当中,第一信号源211并没有输出信号到第一元件221,而第二信号源212所输出的信号先经过第二元件222,接着再分别流经并联的第一元件221与触控面板120,经过地面后再回到第二信号源212形成回路。In order to analyze the current values corresponding to the first frequency signal strength M1 and the second frequency signal strength M2 respectively, FIG. 2D and FIG. 2E are used for illustration. In the circuit analysis of FIG. 2D , the second signal source 212 does not output a signal to the second element 222 , the signal output by the first signal source 211 first passes through the first element 221 , and then flows through the second elements 222 connected in parallel respectively. It forms a loop with the touch panel 120 and returns to the first signal source 211 after passing through the ground. In the circuit analysis of FIG. 2E , the first signal source 211 does not output a signal to the first element 221, but the signal output by the second signal source 212 first passes through the second element 222, and then flows through the parallel first elements respectively. 221 and the touch panel 120 go through the ground and then return to the second signal source 212 to form a loop.

在图2D当中,上述回路的总阻抗为Z,其可以使用以下的方程式(1)来表示,其中//表示并联:In Fig. 2D, the total impedance of the above-mentioned loop is Z, which can be represented by the following equation (1), where // represents parallel connection:

Z=Z1+(Z2//Z3)    方程式(1)Z=Z1+(Z2//Z3) Equation (1)

方程式(1)又可以表示为方程式(2):Equation (1) can be expressed as equation (2):

Z = Z 1 + Z 2 Z 3 Z 2 + Z 3     方程式(2) Z = Z 1 + Z 2 Z 3 Z 2 + Z 3 Equation (2)

假设第一信号源211与第二信号源212所输出的电压都为V,流经第一元件221的电流I1为V/Z。流经触控面板120的电流I3则为电流I1的分流,可以表示为方程式(3):Assuming that the voltages output by the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 are both V, the current I1 flowing through the first element 221 is V/Z. The current I3 flowing through the touch panel 120 is a shunt of the current I1, which can be expressed as equation (3):

I 3 = V Z · Z 2 Z 2 + Z 3     方程式(3) I 3 = V Z · Z 2 Z 2 + Z 3 Equation (3)

同样地,在图2E当中,上述回路的总阻抗为Z’,其可以使用以下的方程式(4)来表示,其中//表示并联:Similarly, in Fig. 2E, the total impedance of the above loop is Z', which can be represented by the following equation (4), where // represents parallel connection:

Z’=Z2+(Z1//Z3)    方程式(4)Z'=Z2+(Z1//Z3) Equation (4)

方程式(4)又可以表示为方程式(5):Equation (4) can be expressed as equation (5):

Z , = Z 2 + Z 1 Z 3 Z 1 + Z 3     方程式(5) Z , = Z 2 + Z 1 Z 3 Z 1 + Z 3 Equation (5)

由于第二信号源所输出的电压同样也是V,流经第二元件222的电流I 2为V/Z’。流经触控面板120的电流I 3’则为电流I 2的分流,可以表示为方程式(6):Since the voltage output by the second signal source is also V, the current I2 flowing through the second element 222 is V/Z'. The current I3' flowing through the touch panel 120 is a shunt of the current I2, which can be expressed as equation (6):

I 3 , = V Z , · Z 1 Z 1 + Z 3     方程式(6) I 3 , = V Z , · Z 1 Z 1 + Z 3 Equation (6)

将方程式(3)与方程式(6)相除,可以得到方程式(7):Dividing equation (3) by equation (6) yields equation (7):

I3/I3’=Z2/Z1    方程式(7)I3/I3'=Z2/Z1 Equation (7)

由于M1与M2分别相应于I3与I3’,所以第一频率f1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2的信号部分的强度M2的比值,将与第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2的比值成反比。换言之,亦即M1/M2=k(Z2/Z1)。从方程式(3)与方程式(6)可知,电流值I3与I3’具有共同的公约数CD。如果可以得知I3与I3’的任一比例值,以及已知的第二阻抗Z2,就可以回推可变的第一阻抗Z1。换言之,无须受限于方程式(7)。Since M1 and M2 correspond to I3 and I3' respectively, the ratio of the strength M1 of the signal portion of the first frequency f1 to the strength M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency f2 will be equal to the ratio of the first impedance Z1 to the second impedance Z2 Inversely proportional. In other words, M1/M2=k(Z2/Z1). From equation (3) and equation (6), it can be seen that the current values I3 and I3' have a common denominator CD. If any ratio of I3 to I3' can be known, as well as the known second impedance Z2, the variable first impedance Z1 can be deduced back. In other words, there is no need to be limited by equation (7).

如果只使用单一个可变阻抗Z1的第一元件221,由于整串回路当中,笔尖段230到触控面板120之间的第三阻抗Z3也是未知。在同一方程式当中有两个未知变数,是无法解算出可变阻抗Z1的值。如果触控处理装置130硬是假定了一个第三阻抗Z3的值,则所计算出的可变阻抗Z1的值的误差范围就变得较大。If only the first element 221 with a single variable impedance Z1 is used, the third impedance Z3 between the tip section 230 and the touch panel 120 is also unknown due to the whole loop. There are two unknown variables in the same equation, it is impossible to solve the value of variable impedance Z1. If the touch processing device 130 insists on assuming a value of the third impedance Z3 , the error range of the calculated value of the variable impedance Z1 becomes larger.

请参考图2F所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图2A的实施例不同之处在于,图2F的实施例只包含了单一个信号源210与连接到该信号源210的一信号开关215,用于选择性地分时将信号源210的输出信号连接到第一元件221与第二元件222。Please refer to FIG. 2F , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference from the embodiment of FIG. 2A is that the embodiment of FIG. 2F only includes a single signal source 210 and a signal switch 215 connected to the signal source 210 for selectively time-sharing the output of the signal source 210 The signal is connected to the first element 221 and the second element 222 .

图2D与图2E的电路分析可以应用到图2A到图2C的实施例,用于分析第一频率f1与第二频率f2相应的信号同时流经触控面板120的信号强度,也可以应用到图2F的实施例当中。当信号开关215在第一时间内切换到第一元件221时,可以适用于图2D的电路分析,当信号开关215在第二时间内切换到第二元件222时,可以适用于图2E的电路分析。触控处理装置130根据在第一时间量到的信号强度或电流值I3,以及在第二时间量到的信号强度或电流值I3’,再加上已知的第二阻抗Z2,就可以计算出第一阻抗Z1的值。The circuit analysis of FIG. 2D and FIG. 2E can be applied to the embodiment of FIG. 2A to FIG. 2C, for analyzing the signal strength of the signals corresponding to the first frequency f1 and the second frequency f2 flowing through the touch panel 120 at the same time, and can also be applied to Among the embodiments in Fig. 2F. When the signal switch 215 is switched to the first element 221 within the first time, it can be applied to the circuit analysis of FIG. 2D , and when the signal switch 215 is switched to the second element 222 within the second time, it can be applied to the circuit of FIG. 2E analyze. The touch processing device 130 can calculate according to the signal strength or current value I3 measured at the first time and the signal strength or current value I3' measured at the second time, plus the known second impedance Z2. Get the value of the first impedance Z1.

本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到,本发明可以利用两个信号源同时发出不同频率的信号到第一元件221与第二元件222,也可以利用单一信号源分时发出相同频率的信号到第一元件221与第二元件222。这两种方式都适用相同的电路分析,也适用相同的计算方式。以下的各实施例均可以利用这两种方式。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that the present invention can use two signal sources to send signals of different frequencies to the first element 221 and the second element 222 at the same time, and can also use a single signal source to send signals of the same frequency to the first element 222 in time division. A component 221 and a second component 222 . Both methods apply the same circuit analysis and the same calculation methods. Each of the following embodiments can utilize these two methods.

请参考图3所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图2A的实施例类似,该发信器110包含第一信号源211、第二信号源212、具有第一电容值C1的第一电容321、具有第二电容值C2的第二电容322以及笔尖段230。Please refer to FIG. 3 , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Similar to the embodiment of FIG. 2A, the transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211, a second signal source 212, a first capacitor 321 with a first capacitance value C1, a second capacitor 322 with a second capacitance value C2, and Nib section 230.

两个信号源211与212可以分别是脉冲宽度调变第一信号源(PWM1)与脉冲宽度调变第二信号源(PWM2)。这两个信号源的频率可以相同,也可以不同。该发信器110包含了一个固定电容值C2的第二电容322与一个可变电容值C1的第一电容321,两者分别连接到上述的信号源PWM2 212与PWM1 211。由于电容值C1会随着笔尖段230受到的压力值而改变,因此图3所示的实施例可以包含了一个电容式的力传感器或是力感应电容器(FSC,Force Sens ing Capacitor)。在一实施例中,此电容式的力传感器可以利用印刷电路板(PCB)或其他材料来实作。在本发明的稍后将会对力感应电容器的结构进行说明。The two signal sources 211 and 212 may be a first pulse width modulation signal source ( PWM1 ) and a second pulse width modulation signal source ( PWM2 ), respectively. The frequencies of the two signal sources can be the same or different. The transmitter 110 includes a second capacitor 322 with a fixed capacitance C2 and a first capacitor 321 with a variable capacitance C1, both of which are respectively connected to the aforementioned signal sources PWM2 212 and PWM1 211. Since the capacitance value C1 will change with the pressure value of the tip section 230, the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 may include a capacitive force sensor or a force sensing capacitor (FSC, Force Sensing Capacitor). In one embodiment, the capacitive force sensor can be implemented using a printed circuit board (PCB) or other materials. The structure of the force sensing capacitor will be described later in the present invention.

两个信号源的强度比例,和两个电容321与322的阻抗比例成反比。当触控笔的笔尖段230未接触到物体,或者说力传感器未侦测到力的时候,第一电容321的阻抗值不变。两个电容321与322的阻抗比例也就固定不变。当发信器110悬浮在触控面板/屏幕120的上方,其发射的电信号能被侦测到的时候,上述两个信号源的强度比例是固定的。The intensity ratio of the two signal sources is inversely proportional to the impedance ratio of the two capacitors 321 and 322 . When the tip section 230 of the stylus does not touch an object, or the force sensor detects no force, the resistance value of the first capacitor 321 remains unchanged. The impedance ratios of the two capacitors 321 and 322 are therefore constant. When the transmitter 110 is suspended above the touch panel/screen 120 and the electrical signal emitted by it can be detected, the intensity ratio of the above two signal sources is fixed.

但是当发信器110的笔尖段230接触到物体,或者说力传感器侦测到力的时候,第一电容321的阻抗随之改变。两个电容321与322的阻抗比例也就跟着改变。当发信器110碰触到触控面板/屏幕120的表面,其发射的电信号能被侦测到的时候,上述两个信号源的强度比例是随着力传感器所受到的力而变化。But when the tip section 230 of the transmitter 110 touches an object, or when the force sensor detects a force, the impedance of the first capacitor 321 changes accordingly. The impedance ratio of the two capacitors 321 and 322 also changes accordingly. When the transmitter 110 touches the surface of the touch panel/screen 120 and the electrical signal emitted by it can be detected, the intensity ratio of the above two signal sources changes with the force on the force sensor.

请参考图4A所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图3的实施例相似,该发信器110包含第一信号源211、第二信号源212、具有第一电容值C1的第一电容321、具有第二电容值C2的第二电容322以及笔尖段230。该发信器110可以包含多个传感器,用于侦测多种状态。在一实施例中,笔尖段230包含了压力传感器,用于侦测触控笔的笔尖受力的状态,并且反映在其所发出的电信号之上。在另一实施例中,发信器110可以包含多个按钮,例如橡皮擦(Eraser)按钮与笔杆(Barre l)按钮。在其他实施例中,发信器110还可以包含一个开关,用于感测笔尖是否接触了触控屏幕或其他物体。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到,发信器110可以包含更多个按钮或其他形式的传感器,并不限于上述的范例。Please refer to FIG. 4A , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Similar to the embodiment in FIG. 3, the transmitter 110 includes a first signal source 211, a second signal source 212, a first capacitor 321 with a first capacitance value C1, a second capacitor 322 with a second capacitance value C2, and Nib section 230. The transmitter 110 may include multiple sensors for detecting various states. In one embodiment, the nib section 230 includes a pressure sensor, which is used to detect the force on the nib of the stylus and reflect it on the electrical signal it sends out. In another embodiment, the transmitter 110 may include multiple buttons, such as an eraser button and a barrel button. In other embodiments, the transmitter 110 may also include a switch for sensing whether the pen tip touches the touch screen or other objects. Those skilled in the art can understand that the transmitter 110 may include more buttons or other types of sensors, and is not limited to the above examples.

在图4A的实施例当中,第一电容321并联了另外两个橡皮擦电容441与笔杆电容442,分别连接到上述的橡皮擦(Eraser)按钮与笔杆(Barre l)按钮,亦即开关SWE与SWB。当上述的按钮或开关被按下时,电容441与442就会与第一电容321并联,使得PWM1信号路径上的电容值改变,导致PWM1与PWM2信号路径上的阻抗比例改变,使得两个信号的强度比例随之改变。In the embodiment of FIG. 4A , the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with other two eraser capacitors 441 and penholder capacitors 442, which are respectively connected to the above-mentioned eraser (Eraser) button and penholder (Barrel) button, that is, the switches SWE and SWB. When the above-mentioned button or switch is pressed, the capacitors 441 and 442 will be connected in parallel with the first capacitor 321, so that the capacitance value on the PWM1 signal path changes, causing the impedance ratio on the PWM1 and PWM2 signal paths to change, so that the two signals The intensity ratio changes accordingly.

由于第一电容321的电容值C1与阻抗值会改变,因此当与橡皮擦电容441与笔杆电容442并联之后,其并联的阻抗值与第二电容322的阻抗值的比例会落在一个范围之内。在图4A所示的实施例中,假设在第一电容321的可变范围内,PWM1/PWM2的信号强度比例落在第一范围。在第一电容321与笔杆电容442并联之后,亦即笔杆按钮被按下之后,PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第二范围。在第一电容321与橡皮擦电容441并联之后,亦即橡皮擦按钮被按下之后,PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第三范围。在第一电容321与笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441并联之后,亦即笔杆按钮与橡皮擦按钮同时被按下之后,PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第四范围。可以调整笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441的电容值及阻抗值,使得上述的第一范围、第二范围、第三范围、与/或第四范围之间皆不相重叠。由于上述的可能范围之间不相重叠,因此可以从信号强度比例落在哪一个范围,便可得知有哪一个按钮被按下。接着,更从信号强度的比例,回推力传感器的受力程度为何。Since the capacitance value C1 and the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 will change, when the eraser capacitor 441 and the pen holder capacitor 442 are connected in parallel, the ratio of the impedance value of the parallel connection to the impedance value of the second capacitor 322 will fall within a range Inside. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , it is assumed that within the variable range of the first capacitor 321 , the signal strength ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the first range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the penholder capacitor 442, that is, after the penholder button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the second range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the eraser capacitor 441 , that is, after the eraser button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the third range. After the first capacitor 321 is connected in parallel with the penholder capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 , that is, after the penholder button and the eraser button are pressed simultaneously, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the fourth range. The capacitance and impedance of the pen holder capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 can be adjusted so that the above-mentioned first range, second range, third range, and/or fourth range do not overlap. Since the above possible ranges do not overlap, it can be known which button is pressed according to which range the signal strength ratio falls in. Then, from the ratio of signal strength, what is the degree of force on the thrust back sensor.

请参考图4B所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。与图4A的实施例相比,在图4B的实施例当中,第二电容322并联了另外两个橡皮擦电容441与笔杆电容442,分别连接到上述的橡皮擦(Eraser)按钮与笔杆(Barre l)按钮,亦即开关SWE与SWB。当上述的按钮或开关被按下时,笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441就会与第二电容322并联,导致PWM1与PWM2信号路径上的阻抗比例改变,使得两个信号的强度比例随之改变。Please refer to FIG. 4B , which is a schematic diagram inside the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 4A, in the embodiment of FIG. 4B, the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with another two eraser capacitors 441 and penholder capacitors 442, which are connected to the above-mentioned eraser (Eraser) button and penholder (Barre) respectively. l) button, that is, switch SWE and SWB. When the above-mentioned button or switch is pressed, the pen holder capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 will be connected in parallel with the second capacitor 322, causing the impedance ratio on the PWM1 and PWM2 signal paths to change, so that the intensity ratio of the two signals will change accordingly .

由于第一电容321的电容值C1与阻抗值会改变,因此当第二电容322与橡皮擦电容441与笔杆电容442并联之后,第一电容321与其并联的阻抗值的比例会落在一个范围之内。在图4B所示的实施例中,假设在第一电容321的可变范围内,PWM1/PWM2的信号强度比例落在第一范围。在第二电容322与笔杆电容442并联之后,亦即笔杆按钮被按下之后,PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第五范围。在第二电容322与橡皮擦电容441并联之后,亦即橡皮擦按钮被按下之后,PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第六范围。在第二电容322与笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441并联之后,亦即笔杆按钮与橡皮擦按钮同时被按下之后,PWM1/PWM2的信号比例落在第七范围。Since the capacitance C1 and impedance of the first capacitor 321 will change, when the second capacitor 322, the eraser capacitor 441, and the pen holder capacitor 442 are connected in parallel, the ratio of the impedance of the first capacitor 321 to its parallel connection will fall within a range. Inside. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B , it is assumed that within the variable range of the first capacitor 321 , the signal strength ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the first range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the penholder capacitor 442, that is, after the penholder button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the fifth range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the eraser capacitor 441 , that is, after the eraser button is pressed, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the sixth range. After the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the pen holder capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441 , that is, after the pen holder button and the eraser button are pressed simultaneously, the signal ratio of PWM1/PWM2 falls within the seventh range.

图4B也可以运用图4A实施例的精神,经由可以调整笔杆电容442及橡皮擦电容441的电容值及阻抗值,使得上述的第一范围、第五范围、第六范围、与/或第七范围之间皆不相重叠。进而可以得知有哪一个按钮被按下,以及回推力传感器的受力程度为何。FIG. 4B can also use the spirit of the embodiment in FIG. 4A, by adjusting the capacitance and impedance of the penholder capacitor 442 and the eraser capacitor 441, so that the above-mentioned first range, fifth range, sixth range, and/or seventh range None of the ranges overlap. Then it can know which button is pressed, and what is the degree of force on the thrust-back sensor.

请参考图5所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。图5实施例可以为图2A、图3、图4A与4B实施例的变化型,图5实施例所作的变化,可以应用到上述各图的实施例当中。Please refer to FIG. 5 , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The embodiment in FIG. 5 can be a modification of the embodiment in FIGS. 2A , 3 , 4A and 4B, and the changes made in the embodiment in FIG. 5 can be applied to the embodiments in the above-mentioned figures.

与图2A的实施例相比,图5的实施例多出了环状电极550与环状电极导线(ringwire)551。图5的环状电极导线551可以通过具有固定电容Cr的环状电容(ringcapacitor)523连接到第三信号源513。环状电极550环绕在笔尖段230周围,其电性耦合到环状电极导线551,并且连接到后端的印刷电路板。虽然在本发明当中,称其为环状电极550,但在某些实施例当中,环状电极550可以包含多个电极。本申请并不限定环状电极550的数量,为了方便起见,将其称之为环状电极550。环状电极550与笔尖之间是电性绝缘的,两者并不电性耦合。Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 2A , the embodiment of FIG. 5 has more ring electrodes 550 and ring wires 551 . The ring electrode wire 551 of FIG. 5 may be connected to the third signal source 513 through a ring capacitor 523 having a fixed capacitance Cr. The ring electrode 550 surrounds the nib section 230, is electrically coupled to the ring electrode wire 551, and is connected to the printed circuit board at the rear end. Although it is referred to as the ring electrode 550 in the present invention, in some embodiments, the ring electrode 550 may include multiple electrodes. The present application does not limit the number of ring electrodes 550 , which are referred to as ring electrodes 550 for convenience. The ring electrode 550 is electrically insulated from the pen tip, and the two are not electrically coupled.

在图5当中,包含了六个开关Sw1至Sw6。假设要让笔尖段230辐射第一信号源211,则可以将Sw1短路且将Sw2开路。反之,可以将Sw1开路。或者是将Sw1与Sw2同时短路。同样地,假设要让笔尖段230辐射第二信号源212,则可以将Sw3短路且将Sw4开路。反之,可以将Sw3开路。或者是将Sw3与Sw4同时短路。假设要让环状电极550辐射第三信号源513,则可以将Sw5短路且将Sw6开路。反之,可以将Sw5开路。或者是将Sw5与Sw6同时短路。In FIG. 5, six switches Sw1 to Sw6 are included. Assuming that the pen tip section 230 is to radiate the first signal source 211 , then Sw1 can be short-circuited and Sw2 can be opened. Conversely, Sw1 can be opened. Or short circuit Sw1 and Sw2 at the same time. Likewise, assuming that the pen tip section 230 is to radiate the second signal source 212 , then Sw3 can be short-circuited and Sw4 can be opened. On the contrary, Sw3 can be opened. Or short circuit Sw3 and Sw4 at the same time. Assuming that the ring-shaped electrode 550 is to radiate the third signal source 513 , then Sw5 can be short-circuited and Sw6 can be opened. On the contrary, Sw5 can be opened. Or short circuit Sw5 and Sw6 at the same time.

上述的第一信号源211与第二信号源212可以包含不同频率的信号,也可以是包含多个不同频率组的信号。同样地,图5的第三信号源513也可以包含与第一信号源211及第二信号源212不同频率的信号,也可以包含与第一信号源211及第二信号源212不同频率组的信号。类似地,上述的第一信号源211及第二信号源212可以包含脉冲宽度调变(PWM)的信号。这两个信号源211与212的频率可以相同,也可以不同。类似地,图5的第三信号源513也可以包含脉冲宽度调变(PWM)的信号。这三个信号源的频率可以相同,也可以不同。The above-mentioned first signal source 211 and second signal source 212 may contain signals of different frequencies, or may contain signals of multiple different frequency groups. Similarly, the third signal source 513 in FIG. 5 may also include signals of different frequencies from the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212, or may include signals of different frequency groups from the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212. Signal. Similarly, the above-mentioned first signal source 211 and second signal source 212 may include pulse width modulation (PWM) signals. The frequencies of the two signal sources 211 and 212 may be the same or different. Similarly, the third signal source 513 in FIG. 5 may also include a pulse width modulated (PWM) signal. The frequencies of these three signal sources can be the same or different.

请参考图6所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的触控装置判断发信器或主动触控笔笔尖感测值方法的流程示意图。该方法可以由图1实施例当中的触控处理装置130来执行。该触控处理装置130连接触控面板120上的多个第一电极121与多个第二电极122,用于侦测发信器110的笔尖段230所发出的电信号。该触控处理装置130可以根据上述多个第一电极121与多个第二电极122所个别接收的信号强度,判断该发信器110与该触控面板120的相对位置。除此之外,图6所示的方法可以用于判断发信器110的力感测值。在一实施例中,该力感测值为笔尖段230所受的压力值。Please refer to FIG. 6 , which is a schematic flowchart of a method for determining a transmitter or an active stylus tip sensing value by a touch device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The method can be executed by the touch processing device 130 in the embodiment of FIG. 1 . The touch processing device 130 is connected to the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122 on the touch panel 120 for detecting the electrical signal sent by the pen tip section 230 of the transmitter 110 . The touch processing device 130 can determine the relative position of the transmitter 110 and the touch panel 120 according to the signal strengths received by the plurality of first electrodes 121 and the plurality of second electrodes 122 . Besides, the method shown in FIG. 6 can be used to determine the force sensing value of the transmitter 110 . In one embodiment, the force sensing value is the pressure value of the pen tip segment 230 .

图6的实施例可以相应于图2A到图5的实施例,前两个步骤610与620分别是计算出相应于第一信号源211与第二信号源212的信号强度M1与M2。这两个步骤610与620可以不分先后进行,或是同时进行。当第一信号源211发出的电信号具有第一频率f1以及第二信号源212发出的电信号具有第二频率f2时,上述的信号强度M1相应于第一频率f1的信号的强度,上述的信号强度M2相应于第二频率f2的信号的强度。当第一信号源211发出的电信号具有第一频率群组F1以及第二信号源212发出的电信号具有第二频率群组F2时,上述的信号强度M1相应于第一频率群组F1内各频率信号的总强度,上述的信号强度M2相应于第二频率群组F2内各频率信号的总强度。如前所述,这里所谓的频率,也可以是脉冲宽度调变的频率。The embodiment in FIG. 6 may correspond to the embodiment in FIG. 2A to FIG. 5 , and the first two steps 610 and 620 are to calculate the signal strengths M1 and M2 corresponding to the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 respectively. These two steps 610 and 620 can be performed in no particular order or simultaneously. When the electric signal sent by the first signal source 211 has the first frequency f1 and the electric signal sent by the second signal source 212 has the second frequency f2, the above-mentioned signal strength M1 corresponds to the strength of the signal of the first frequency f1, and the above-mentioned The signal strength M2 corresponds to the strength of the signal at the second frequency f2. When the electrical signal sent by the first signal source 211 has the first frequency group F1 and the electrical signal sent by the second signal source 212 has the second frequency group F2, the above-mentioned signal strength M1 corresponds to the first frequency group F1 The total strength of each frequency signal, the above-mentioned signal strength M2 corresponds to the total strength of each frequency signal in the second frequency group F2. As mentioned above, the so-called frequency here may also be the frequency of pulse width modulation.

然后,于步骤630当中,根据M1与M2计算比例值。此比例值已经在上述举出五个范例,比方说是M1/M2、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)、M1/(M1+M2)或是M2/(M1+M2)。在上述的五种比例以外,熟悉该项技艺的普通技术人员也可以想到以任何牵涉到强度M1与M2的比例值来替换。接着执行步骤640,根据此比例值判断是否为预设值或落在默认范围内。如果判断结果为真,则执行步骤650,认为发信器110是悬浮且未接触触控面板120。否则,执行步骤660,根据该比例值计算笔尖段230的感测值。该感测值可以和受力程度与/或行程相关,也可以不和受力程度与/或行程相关。计算感测值的步骤可以使用查表法、直线内插法,二次曲线法来计算,端赖比例值与感测值的对应关系如何。Then, in step 630, a ratio is calculated according to M1 and M2. Five examples of this ratio have been cited above, for example, M1/M2, (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), (M2-M1)/(M1+M2), M1/(M1+M2) Or M2/(M1+M2). In addition to the above five ratios, those skilled in the art can think of any ratio involving the intensities M1 and M2. Next, step 640 is executed to judge whether it is a preset value or falls within a default range according to the ratio value. If the determination result is true, step 650 is executed, and it is considered that the transmitter 110 is floating and not touching the touch panel 120 . Otherwise, step 660 is executed to calculate the sensing value of the pen tip segment 230 according to the ratio value. The sensed value may or may not be related to the degree of force and/or stroke. The step of calculating the sensing value can be calculated by using table look-up method, linear interpolation method, or quadratic curve method, depending on the corresponding relationship between the proportional value and the sensing value.

当图6的实施例适用于图4A与图4B的实施例中,可以在步骤660执行额外的步骤。比方说,当适用于图4A的实施例时,可以判断步骤630所计算出的比例值,是落在上述的第一范围、第二范围、第三范围、或第四范围之内。据此,除了可以得知笔尖段230的感测值外,还可以推知笔杆按钮与/或橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。类似的,当用于图4B的实施例时,可以判断步骤630所计算出的比例值,是落在上述的第一范围、第五范围、第六范围、或第七范围之内。据此,除了可以得知笔尖段230的感测值外,还可以推知笔杆按钮与/或橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。When the embodiment of FIG. 6 is applicable to the embodiments of FIGS. 4A and 4B , additional steps may be performed in step 660 . For example, when applicable to the embodiment of FIG. 4A , it can be determined that the ratio value calculated in step 630 falls within the first range, the second range, the third range, or the fourth range. Accordingly, in addition to knowing the sensing value of the pen tip section 230 , it can also be deduced whether the pen holder button and/or the eraser button is pressed. Similarly, when used in the embodiment of FIG. 4B , it can be determined that the ratio value calculated in step 630 falls within the above-mentioned first range, fifth range, sixth range, or seventh range. Accordingly, in addition to knowing the sensing value of the pen tip section 230 , it can also be deduced whether the pen holder button and/or the eraser button is pressed.

在本发明的一实施例中,发信器110内的控制器或电路无需判断笔尖段230受力的程度,单纯地只凭笔尖段230受力而改变上述第一元件221的第一阻抗Z1与第二元件222的第二阻抗Z2中的一者或两者,使得传送出去的第一频率f1或第一频率群组F1信号强度与第二频率f2与第二频率群组F2信号强度的一者或两者改变。相对地,电信号经由触控面板120被接收时,依据解调变后的电信号当中第一频率f1或第一频率群组F1的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率f2与第二频率群组F2的信号部分的强度M2的比值,可判断出笔尖段230受力的程度。In an embodiment of the present invention, the controller or circuit in the transmitter 110 does not need to judge the degree of force exerted on the pen tip section 230, and the first impedance Z1 of the above-mentioned first element 221 is simply changed by the force exerted on the pen tip section 230. One or both of the second impedance Z2 of the second element 222, so that the transmitted signal strength of the first frequency f1 or the first frequency group F1 is equal to the signal strength of the second frequency f2 and the second frequency group F2 Either or both change. Relatively, when the electric signal is received through the touch panel 120, according to the intensity M1 of the signal part of the first frequency f1 or the first frequency group F1, the second frequency f2 and the second frequency group in the demodulated electric signal, The ratio of the intensity M2 of the signal part of the group F2 can determine the degree of force on the pen tip section 230 .

在本发明的一实施例中,发信器110内部无需量测笔尖段230的受力程度,即可以控制笔尖段230所发出的电信号的至少一种属性相应于其受力程度。在一实施例中,上述的量测包含了模拟数字转换的功能,换言之,发信器110内部不包含将受力程度由模拟转换成为数字信号的元件。比方说,发信器不包含对受力程度进行转换的模拟数字信号转换器。In an embodiment of the present invention, the transmitter 110 does not need to measure the stress of the pen tip 230 , that is, it can control at least one property of the electrical signal sent by the pen tip 230 to correspond to the force. In an embodiment, the above-mentioned measurement includes an analog-to-digital conversion function. In other words, the transmitter 110 does not include components for converting the stress level from analog to digital signal. For example, the transmitter does not contain an analog-to-digital signal converter to convert the force level.

请参考图7A所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。和图2A至图5的实施例相比,图7A的实施例同样包含具有第一阻抗Z1的第一元件221、具有第二阻抗Z2的第二元件222以及一笔尖段230。上述的第一元件221与第二元件222可以是电阻元件、电感元件、电容元件(如固态电容)或其任意组合所造成的电子元件。在图7A所示的实施例中,第二阻抗Z2可以是固定不变的,第一阻抗Z1是可变的,而且相应于某一传感器的变化量,比方说笔尖段230的受力情况。图7A实施例的第一元件221与第二元件222可以套用图2A至图5的各个实施例,在此不再详述。Please refer to FIG. 7A , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. Compared with the embodiments in FIGS. 2A to 5 , the embodiment in FIG. 7A also includes a first element 221 with a first impedance Z1 , a second element 222 with a second impedance Z2 , and a nib section 230 . The above-mentioned first element 221 and second element 222 may be electronic elements formed by resistive elements, inductive elements, capacitive elements (such as solid capacitors) or any combination thereof. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A , the second impedance Z2 can be fixed, and the first impedance Z1 can be variable, and corresponds to the variation of a certain sensor, such as the force on the pen tip section 230 . The first component 221 and the second component 222 of the embodiment in FIG. 7A can be applied to the various embodiments in FIGS. 2A to 5 , and will not be described in detail here.

相较于前述实施例来说,图7A实施例的不同处在于,更包含单一信号源714,用于馈送电信号到上述的第一元件221与第二元件222。还包含控制单元760,用于量测上述电信号通过第一元件221与第二元件222之后所分别输出的第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2。控制单元760还可以据此计算比例值。该比例值可以是I1/(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、I1/I2、I2/I1、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)等。本领域的普通技术人员可以推知其他利用电流值I1与I2所计算的其他种类的比例值。Compared with the previous embodiments, the difference of the embodiment in FIG. 7A is that it further includes a single signal source 714 for feeding electrical signals to the above-mentioned first element 221 and second element 222 . It also includes a control unit 760 for measuring the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 respectively outputted by the electrical signal passing through the first element 221 and the second element 222 . The control unit 760 can also calculate the proportional value accordingly. The ratio value can be I1/(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), I1/I2, I2/I1, (I1-I2)/(I1+I2), or (I2-I1)/(I1 +I2) etc. Those skilled in the art can deduce other kinds of proportional values calculated by using the current values I1 and I2 .

计算出来之后的比例值,可以用来推估该笔尖段230的受力情况。控制单元760可以将第一电流值I 1与第二电流值I2所衍生计算出来的数据,通过发信器无线通讯单元770发出。该主机140可以从主机无线通讯单元780接收上述的数据,得知该笔尖段230的受力情况。The calculated proportional value can be used to estimate the force of the pen tip section 230 . The control unit 760 can send the calculated data derived from the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 through the transmitter wireless communication unit 770. The host 140 can receive the above-mentioned data from the host wireless communication unit 780 to know the stress of the pen tip section 230 .

请参考图7B所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。其与图7A实施例的不同之处,在于控制单元760可以将第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2所衍生计算出来的数据,通过发信器有线通讯单元771发出。该主机140可以从主机有线通讯单元781接收上述的数据,得知该笔尖段230的受力情况。Please refer to FIG. 7B , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference from the embodiment in FIG. 7A is that the control unit 760 can send the data derived and calculated from the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 through the transmitter wired communication unit 771 . The host 140 can receive the above-mentioned data from the wired communication unit 781 of the host, and know the stress of the pen tip section 230 .

请参考图7C所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。其与图7B实施例的不同之处,在于发信器110不再包含上述的单一信号源714,而是直接利用发信器有线通讯单元771所得来的电信号作为信号源。由于发信器有线通讯单元771与主机有线通讯单元781相连接,上述的电信号可以使用主机140的电力。Please refer to FIG. 7C , which is a schematic diagram of the interior of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference from the embodiment in FIG. 7B is that the transmitter 110 no longer includes the above-mentioned single signal source 714, but directly uses the electrical signal obtained from the wired communication unit 771 of the transmitter as the signal source. Since the wired communication unit 771 of the sender is connected to the wired communication unit 781 of the host, the above-mentioned electric signal can use the power of the host 140 .

请参考图7D所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110内部的示意图。其与图7A实施例的不同之处,在于发信器110不再包含上述的单一信号源714,而是直接利用笔尖段230与触控面板120近接时,从触控面板120上的第一电极121与/或第二电极122所获得的信号作为信号源。Please refer to FIG. 7D , which is a schematic diagram inside the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference from the embodiment in FIG. 7A is that the transmitter 110 no longer includes the above-mentioned single signal source 714, but directly utilizes the pen tip section 230 when it is close to the touch panel 120, from the first signal source on the touch panel 120. The signal obtained by the electrode 121 and/or the second electrode 122 is used as a signal source.

值得一提的是,图7A至图7D的实施例可以套用图3实施例的变化,第一元件221可以是上述的第一电容321,第二元件222可以是上述的第二电容322。图7A至图7D的实施例可以套用图4A至图4B实施例的变化,上述的第一元件221可以与其他开关相应的元件进行并联,或者是上述的第二元件222可以与其他开关相应的元件进行并联,使得控制单元760可以根据所计算出的比例值所落入的范围,得知那些开关的状态。It is worth mentioning that the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A to FIG. 7D can apply the changes of the embodiment shown in FIG. 3 , the first element 221 can be the above-mentioned first capacitor 321 , and the second element 222 can be the above-mentioned second capacitor 322 . The embodiment of Figure 7A to Figure 7D can apply the changes of the embodiment of Figure 4A to Figure 4B, the above-mentioned first element 221 can be connected in parallel with the corresponding elements of other switches, or the above-mentioned second element 222 can be connected with other switches corresponding The components are connected in parallel so that the control unit 760 can know the states of those switches according to the range in which the calculated proportional value falls.

请参考图8所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的触控装置判断发信器笔尖感测值方法的流程示意图。图8实施例为类似于图6实施例的一种侦测感测值的方法。图6是用于计算相应于第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号强度M1与M2,再利用两者的比例值来计算感测值。而图8的实施例适用于只馈入单一信号源的实施例,利用计算相应于第一元件221与第二元件222的第一电流量I1与第二电流量I2,再利用两者的比例值来计算感测值。Please refer to FIG. 8 , which is a schematic flow chart of a method for determining a pen tip sensing value of a transmitter by a touch device according to an embodiment of the present invention. The embodiment in FIG. 8 is a method for detecting sensing values similar to the embodiment in FIG. 6 . FIG. 6 is used to calculate the signal strengths M1 and M2 corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group), and then use the ratio of the two to calculate the sensing value. However, the embodiment of FIG. 8 is applicable to the embodiment that only feeds a single signal source, by calculating the first current I1 and the second current I2 corresponding to the first element 221 and the second element 222, and then using the ratio of the two value to calculate the sensing value.

该方法可以由于图7A至图7D实施例当中的控制单元760来执行。前两个步骤810与820分别是计算出相应于第一元件221与第二元件222的第一电流量I 1与第二电流量I2。这两个步骤810与820可以不分先后进行,或是同时进行。然后,于步骤830当中,根据I1与I2计算比例值。此比例值已经在上述举出几个范例,比方说是I1/(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、I1/I2、I2/I1、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)、或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)等。接着执行步骤840,根据此比例值判断是否为预设值或落在默认范围内。如果判断结果为真,则执行步骤850,认为发信器110是悬浮且未接触触控面板120。否则,执行步骤860,根据该比例值计算笔尖段230的感测值。该感测值可以和受力程度与/或行程相关,也可以不和受力程度与/或行程相关。计算感测值的步骤可以使用查表法、直线内插法,二次曲线法来计算,端赖比例值与感测值的对应关系如何。The method can be executed by the control unit 760 in the embodiment of FIG. 7A to FIG. 7D . The first two steps 810 and 820 are to calculate the first current I1 and the second current I2 corresponding to the first element 221 and the second element 222 respectively. These two steps 810 and 820 can be performed in no particular order, or can be performed simultaneously. Then, in step 830, a ratio is calculated according to I1 and I2. Several examples of this ratio have been cited above, such as I1/(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), I1/I2, I2/I1, (I1-I2)/(I1+I2) , or (I2-I1)/(I1+I2), etc. Next, step 840 is executed to judge whether it is a preset value or falls within a default range according to the ratio value. If the determination result is true, step 850 is executed, and it is considered that the transmitter 110 is floating and not touching the touch panel 120 . Otherwise, step 860 is executed to calculate the sensing value of the pen tip segment 230 according to the ratio value. The sensed value may or may not be related to the degree of force and/or stroke. The step of calculating the sensing value can be calculated by using table look-up method, linear interpolation method, or quadratic curve method, depending on the corresponding relationship between the proportional value and the sensing value.

在某些实施例中,当第一元件221或第二元件222与其他的开关相应的元件并联时,如图4A与图4B的实施例,可以在步骤860执行额外的步骤。比方说,当适用于图4A的实施例时,可以判断步骤830所计算出的比例值,是落在上述的第一范围、第二范围、第三范围、或第四范围之内。据此,除了可以得知笔尖段230的感测值外,还可以推知笔杆按钮与/或橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。类似的,当用于图4B的实施例时,可以判断步骤830所计算出的比例值,是落在上述的第一范围、第五范围、第六范围、或第七范围之内。据此,除了可以得知笔尖段230的感测值外,还可以推知笔杆按钮与/或橡皮擦按钮是否被按下。In some embodiments, when the first element 221 or the second element 222 is connected in parallel with other corresponding elements of the switch, as in the embodiment of FIG. 4A and FIG. 4B , an additional step can be performed in step 860 . For example, when applicable to the embodiment of FIG. 4A , it can be determined that the ratio value calculated in step 830 falls within the first range, the second range, the third range, or the fourth range. Accordingly, in addition to knowing the sensing value of the pen tip section 230 , it can also be deduced whether the pen holder button and/or the eraser button is pressed. Similarly, when used in the embodiment of FIG. 4B , it can be judged that the ratio value calculated in step 830 falls within the above-mentioned first range, fifth range, sixth range, or seventh range. Accordingly, in addition to knowing the sensing value of the pen tip section 230 , it can also be deduced whether the pen holder button and/or the eraser button is pressed.

请参考图9A所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9A的实施例可以适用于图2A至图5的发信器110。图9A的横轴为时间轴,先后顺序为由左至右。如图所示,在触控面板/屏幕120发出灯塔信号之前,可以包含可选的噪声侦测期间。该噪声侦测期间所侦测的噪声可能来自于触控面板/屏幕及其所在的电子系统或背景环境。触控面板/屏幕120与触控处理装置130可以侦测噪声信号所包含的一种或多种频率。关于噪声侦测的部分,将于稍后加以解说。Please refer to FIG. 9A , which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The embodiment of FIG. 9A can be applied to the transmitter 110 of FIGS. 2A to 5 . The horizontal axis in FIG. 9A is the time axis, and the sequence is from left to right. As shown, an optional noise detection period may be included before the touch panel/screen 120 emits the lighthouse signal. The noise detected during the noise detection may come from the touch panel/screen and its electronic system or background environment. The touch panel/screen 120 and the touch processing device 130 can detect one or more frequencies contained in the noise signal. The part about noise detection will be explained later.

在一实施例中,触控面板/屏幕120会发出灯塔信号,发信器110包含了可以侦测灯塔信号的解调变器。请参考图29所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的侦测灯塔信号系统的方框示意图。该侦测灯塔信号系统2900包含接收电极2910、侦测模块2920与解调变器2930。在一实施例中,该接收电极2910可以是上述的环状电极550,也可以是上述的笔尖段230,或是其他的电极。该接收电极2910将接收到的信号送到后续的侦测模块2920。In one embodiment, the touch panel/screen 120 sends out a beacon signal, and the transmitter 110 includes a demodulator capable of detecting the beacon signal. Please refer to FIG. 29 , which is a schematic block diagram of a system for detecting lighthouse signals according to an embodiment of the present invention. The detection lighthouse signal system 2900 includes a receiving electrode 2910 , a detection module 2920 and a demodulator 2930 . In an embodiment, the receiving electrode 2910 may be the above-mentioned ring electrode 550, or the above-mentioned pen tip section 230, or other electrodes. The receiving electrode 2910 sends the received signal to the subsequent detection module 2920 .

该侦测模块2920包含模拟前端2921与比较器2922。本领域的普通技术人员可以理解到模拟前端2921所做的事情,在此不加详述。在本实施例中,该模拟前端2921可以包含输出表示该信号强度的电压值。该比较器2922用于比较参考电压Vref与表示接收信号强度的电压信号。当该电压信号高于该参考电压时,表示收到够强的信号,因此比较器2922输出激活信号或致能信号到该解调变器2930。该解调变器2930就可以针对接收信号进行解调变,以便得知接收信号当中是否包含灯塔信号的频率。当该电压信号低于该参考电压时,则比较器2922可以输出关闭信号到该解调变器2930,该解调变器2930就停止对该接收信号进行解调变。The detection module 2920 includes an analog front end 2921 and a comparator 2922 . Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand what the analog front end 2921 does, and will not be described in detail here. In this embodiment, the analog front end 2921 may include outputting a voltage value representing the signal strength. The comparator 2922 is used to compare the reference voltage Vref with the voltage signal representing the received signal strength. When the voltage signal is higher than the reference voltage, it means that a strong enough signal is received, so the comparator 2922 outputs an activation signal or an enable signal to the demodulator 2930 . The demodulator 2930 can demodulate the received signal, so as to know whether the frequency of the lighthouse signal is included in the received signal. When the voltage signal is lower than the reference voltage, the comparator 2922 can output a shutdown signal to the demodulator 2930, and the demodulator 2930 stops demodulating the received signal.

当该发信器110在一段时间未收到灯塔信号时,可以切换到睡眠模式,关闭上述的解调变器2930,以便节省电力消耗。然而,由于侦测模块2920所耗的电力较少,在睡眠模式下可以持续侦测所接收的信号强度是否超过预定值。当超过预定值时,可以从睡眠模式转换为较不省电的节能模式,激活该解调变器2930进行解调变。在此同时,该发信器110的其余部分仍处于关闭状态。假设该解调变器2930认为所接收的信号并未包含灯塔信号,则经过一段时间后,可以关闭该解调变器2930,由节能模式进入较省电的睡眠模式。反之,当该解调变器2930认为所接收的信号包含灯塔信号,则该解调变器2930可以唤醒该发信器110的其他部分,使该发信器110由节能模式转换成正常工作模式。When the transmitter 110 does not receive a lighthouse signal for a period of time, it can switch to a sleep mode and turn off the above-mentioned demodulator 2930 to save power consumption. However, since the detection module 2920 consumes less power, it can continuously detect whether the received signal strength exceeds a predetermined value in the sleep mode. When the predetermined value is exceeded, the sleep mode can be switched to a less power-saving energy-saving mode, and the demodulator 2930 is activated to perform demodulation. At the same time, the rest of the transmitter 110 remains off. Assuming that the demodulator 2930 thinks that the received signal does not contain a lighthouse signal, after a period of time, the demodulator 2930 can be turned off, and the energy-saving mode enters a relatively power-saving sleep mode. Conversely, when the demodulator 2930 thinks that the received signal contains a lighthouse signal, the demodulator 2930 can wake up other parts of the transmitter 110, so that the transmitter 110 can be converted from the energy-saving mode to the normal working mode .

现在回到图9A的实施例,在经过L0长度的延迟时间之后,发信器110分别在T0时段与T1时段发出电信号。这两个时段T0与T1之间,可能还包含有L1长度的延迟时间。而这两个时段T0与T1可以是等长,也可以是不等长。T0与T1可以合称为信号框(frame)。触控处理装置130会在这两个时段T0与T1当中侦测发信器110发出的电信号。接着,经过可选的L2长度的延迟时间之后,触控处理装置130进行可选的其他模式的侦测步骤,例如先前提到的电容式侦测模式,用于侦测非主动笔或手指。Now returning to the embodiment shown in FIG. 9A , after a delay time of L0 , the transmitter 110 sends out electrical signals during T0 and T1 , respectively. A delay time of length L1 may be included between the two periods T0 and T1. The two time periods T0 and T1 may be of equal length or of unequal length. T0 and T1 may be collectively referred to as a signal frame. The touch processing device 130 detects the electrical signal sent by the transmitter 110 during the two time periods T0 and T1 . Then, after an optional delay time of length L2 , the touch processing device 130 performs optional detection steps of other modes, such as the aforementioned capacitive detection mode for detecting an inactive pen or finger.

本发明并不限定上述的延迟时间L0、L1、L2的长度,这三者可以为零,或是任意的时间长度。这三者的长度可以有关系,也可以没有任何关系。在实施例当中,图9A所示的各个时段当中,只有信号框当中的T0与T1时段是必要的,其他的时段或步骤都是可选的。The present invention does not limit the lengths of the aforementioned delay times L0 , L1 , and L2 , and these three delay times may be zero or any length of time. The lengths of the three may or may not be related. In an embodiment, among the time periods shown in FIG. 9A , only the time periods T0 and T1 in the signal frame are necessary, and other time periods or steps are optional.

表一Table I

请参考表一,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的电信号的调变表。在表一当中,该发信器110为悬浮状态,亦即力传感器没有感受到任何压力。由于发信器110的笔尖段230并未接触到触控面板/屏幕120,为了增强信号起见,因此在表一的实施例当中,第一信号源211与第二信号源212在同一个时段当中,均产生相同的频率群组Fx。比方说,在笔杆按钮被按下的状态中,T0时段内,第一信号源211与第二信号源212均发射频率群组F0,而在T1时段内,第一信号源211与第二信号源212均发射频率群组F1。当触控处理装置130在T0时段内侦测到频率群组F0,在T1时段内侦测到频率群组F1时,就可以推知处于悬浮状态的发信器110的笔杆按钮被按下了。Please refer to Table 1, which is a modulation table of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In Table 1, the transmitter 110 is in a suspended state, that is, the force sensor does not feel any pressure. Since the tip section 230 of the transmitter 110 does not touch the touch panel/screen 120, in order to enhance the signal, in the embodiment of Table 1, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 are in the same period , both produce the same frequency group Fx. For example, in the state where the pen button is pressed, both the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 transmit the frequency group F0 during the T0 period, and during the T1 period, the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 211 transmit the frequency group F0. Sources 212 each transmit frequency group F1. When the touch processing device 130 detects the frequency group F0 in the T0 period and detects the frequency group F1 in the T1 period, it can be deduced that the pen button of the transmitter 110 in the hovering state is pressed.

前述的频率群组Fx包含至少一种频率的信号,彼此之间可以互换。比方说,频率群组F0可以包含f0与f3频率,频率群组F1可以包含f1与f4频率,频率群组F2可以包含f2与f5频率等。无论是接收到f0频率或f3频率,触控处理装置130都会视为接收到频率群组F0。The aforementioned frequency group Fx includes signals of at least one frequency, which are interchangeable with each other. For example, the frequency group F0 may include frequencies f0 and f3, the frequency group F1 may include frequencies f1 and f4, and the frequency group F2 may include frequencies f2 and f5, and so on. Regardless of whether the frequency f0 or the frequency f3 is received, the touch processing device 130 will regard the frequency group F0 as received.

在另一实施例中,在悬浮状态中的发信器110未必需要两个信号源211与212都发出相同频率群组的信号。本发明并不限定表一作为唯一的实施例。除此之外,发信器110也可以包含更多个按钮或传感器,本发明并不限定只有两个按钮。In another embodiment, the transmitter 110 in the floating state does not necessarily require that the two signal sources 211 and 212 both send out signals of the same frequency group. The present invention does not limit Table 1 as the only embodiment. In addition, the transmitter 110 may also include more buttons or sensors, and the present invention is not limited to only two buttons.

表二Table II

请参考表二,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的电信号的调变表。在表二当中,该发信器110的笔尖段230为接触状态,亦即力传感器感受到了压力。Please refer to Table 2, which is a modulation table of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In Table 2, the pen tip section 230 of the transmitter 110 is in a contact state, that is, the force sensor feels pressure.

在图4A所示的实施例里,以下是笔杆按钮SWB被按下的情况。于T0时段当中,第一信号源211的信号源被接地,第二信号源212发出频率群组F0,因此发信器110的电信号在T0时段当中只有第二信号源212发出的频率群组F0。在T1时段当中,第二信号源212的信号源被接地,第一信号源211发出频率群组F1。也由于第一电容321的阻抗值在接触时改变了,可以根据T0与T1时段所分别收到的F0与F1信号的强度比例来计算出笔尖段230的受力程度。除此之外,由于触控处理装置130在T0时段内侦测到F0信号,在T1时段内侦测到F1信号,就可以推知笔杆按钮被按下。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A, the following is the case where the pen button SWB is pressed. During the T0 period, the signal source of the first signal source 211 is grounded, and the second signal source 212 sends out the frequency group F0, so the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 only has the frequency group sent by the second signal source 212 during the T0 period F0. During the period T1, the signal source of the second signal source 212 is grounded, and the first signal source 211 sends out the frequency group F1. Also because the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 changes during contact, the force on the pen tip section 230 can be calculated according to the strength ratios of the F0 and F1 signals received during T0 and T1 respectively. In addition, since the touch processing device 130 detects the F0 signal during the T0 period and detects the F1 signal during the T1 period, it can be deduced that the pen button is pressed.

在图4B所示的实施例里,以下是笔杆按钮SWB被按下的情况。于T0时段当中,第一信号源211的信号源被接地,第二信号源212发出频率群组F0,而第二电容322与笔杆电容442并联起来。虽然发信器110的电信号在T0时段当中只有第二信号源212发出的频率群组F0,但它的信号强度不同于笔杆按钮SWB未被按下的情况。于T1时段当中,第二信号源212的信号源被接地,第一信号源211发出频率群组F1,也由于第一电容321的阻抗值在接触时改变了,可以根据T0与T1时段所分别收到的F0与F1信号的强度比例来计算出触控笔的受力。除此之外,由于触控处理装置130在T0时段内侦测到F0信号,在T1时段内侦测到F1信号,就可以推知笔杆按钮被按下。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 4B, the following is the case where the pen button SWB is pressed. During the period T0, the signal source of the first signal source 211 is grounded, the second signal source 212 sends out the frequency group F0, and the second capacitor 322 is connected in parallel with the penholder capacitor 442 . Although the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 only has the frequency group F0 sent by the second signal source 212 during the T0 period, its signal strength is different from that of the case where the pen button SWB is not pressed. During the T1 period, the signal source of the second signal source 212 is grounded, and the first signal source 211 sends out the frequency group F1, and because the impedance value of the first capacitor 321 changes during contact, it can be determined according to the difference between T0 and T1 periods. The strength ratio of the received F0 and F1 signals is used to calculate the force of the stylus. In addition, since the touch processing device 130 detects the F0 signal during the T0 period and detects the F1 signal during the T1 period, it can be deduced that the pen button is pressed.

表三Table three

请参考表三,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的电信号的调变表。在此实施例中,可以根据频率群组来得知哪些按钮被按下。Please refer to Table 3, which is a modulation table of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, which buttons are pressed can be known according to frequency groups.

表四Table four

请参考表四,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的电信号的调变表。在此实施例中,可以根据频率群组来得知那些按钮被按下,还依赖T0与T1时段所接收的信号强度比例,来推算触控笔尖的受力程度。Please refer to Table 4, which is a modulation table of the electrical signal of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, it is possible to know which buttons are pressed according to the frequency group, and also rely on the ratio of the received signal strength during the time period T0 and T1 to estimate the force on the tip of the stylus.

请参考图9B所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。其为图9A实施例的另一变形。和图9A的差异在于,T1时段之后进行了噪声侦测的步骤。接着,再执行其他模式的侦测。Please refer to FIG. 9B , which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. It is another modification of the embodiment in Fig. 9A. The difference from FIG. 9A is that the noise detection step is performed after the T1 period. Then, perform detection in other modes.

请参考图9C所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9C的信号调变可以适用于图5所示的发信器110,加入环状电极550的另一个功能,就是加强主动笔悬浮时的信号强度,以利触控面板侦测主动笔的悬浮范围。Please refer to FIG. 9C , which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal modulation in FIG. 9C can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5 . Another function of adding the ring electrode 550 is to enhance the signal strength when the active pen is suspended, so as to facilitate the touch panel to detect the active pen’s suspension. scope.

图9C的信号调变为发信器110处于悬浮状态时所发出信号。在此状态下,发信器110发出信号的信号框内只包含单一个R时段。在此R时段内,环状电极550与笔尖段230可以同时发出电信号。在一实施例中,这些电信号可以来自同一信号源,具有相同的频率与/或调变方式。比方说,环状电极与笔尖全部发出第三信号源513的电信号。又比方说,环状电极550与笔尖段230可以共同地依序发出第一、第二、与第三信号源的电信号,以便分别利用各个信号源的最大功率。触控处理装置130在R时段当中,只需要侦测到环状电极550所发出的电信号,就可以得知发信器110正悬浮在触控面板120的某个位置上。如果环状电极550与笔尖段230所发出的电信号来自相同信号源,或具有相同的频率群组,其信号强度会是最大,如此可使触控面板侦测触控笔的悬浮范围达到最大。在另一实施例当中的R时段之内,也可以只通过环状电极550发出电信号。The signal modulation in FIG. 9C is a signal sent by the transmitter 110 when it is in a suspended state. In this state, the signal frame sent by the transmitter 110 contains only a single R period. During this R period, the ring electrode 550 and the tip section 230 can simultaneously send out electrical signals. In an embodiment, these electrical signals may come from the same signal source and have the same frequency and/or modulation method. For example, both the ring electrode and the tip of the pen send out the electrical signal of the third signal source 513 . For another example, the ring-shaped electrode 550 and the pen tip section 230 can collectively send out the electrical signals of the first, second, and third signal sources in sequence, so as to utilize the maximum power of each signal source respectively. During the R period, the touch processing device 130 only needs to detect the electrical signal sent by the ring electrode 550 to know that the transmitter 110 is floating on a certain position of the touch panel 120 . If the electrical signals sent by the ring electrode 550 and the pen tip section 230 come from the same signal source, or have the same frequency group, the signal strength will be the maximum, so that the touch panel can maximize the hovering range of the stylus. . In another embodiment, during the R period, the electrical signal can also be sent only through the ring electrode 550 .

请参考图9D所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9D的信号调变可以适用于图5所示的发信器110。在图9C当中,在R时段之后包含一个延迟时间或空白时段L1,之后触控面板再进行其他形式的侦测。图9D的实施例与图9C的相比,L1时段的时间变长了。图9D与图9E的实施例相比,L1时段的长度等于图9E的L1时段、T0时段、L2时段、T1时段以及T3时段的总和。因此,如果图9D的触控处理装置130在固定长度的L1时段内侦测不到任何电信号,则可以得知发信器110处于悬浮状态。Please refer to FIG. 9D , which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal modulation of FIG. 9D can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5 . In FIG. 9C , a delay time or a blank period L1 is included after the R period, and then the touch panel performs other detections. Compared with the embodiment of FIG. 9C , the time of the L1 period becomes longer in the embodiment of FIG. 9D . Compared with the embodiment in FIG. 9E in FIG. 9D , the length of the L1 period is equal to the sum of the L1 period, T0 period, L2 period, T1 period and T3 period in FIG. 9E . Therefore, if the touch processing device 130 in FIG. 9D does not detect any electrical signal within the fixed-length L1 period, it can be known that the transmitter 110 is in the floating state.

请参考图9E所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9E的信号调变可以适用于图5所示的发信器110。图9E实施例可以说是把图9A实施例的信号框前头加入了R时段。在此实施例中,不管笔尖段230是否有被压触,发信器110一律在T0时段与T1时段自笔尖发出电信号,藉此可以节省一些逻辑电路的设计。但是与图9C和图9D的实施例相比,图9E的实施例会浪费在T0时段与T1时段所发出的电信号功率。从另一方面来看,触控处理装置130也可以无须在R时段进行侦测,只要在T0时段与T1时段能侦测到笔尖段230所发出的电信号,自然就可以得知笔尖段230是否受到压力,从而得知发信器110是否处于悬浮状态。Please refer to FIG. 9E , which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal modulation of FIG. 9E can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5 . The embodiment in FIG. 9E can be said to add an R period to the front of the signal frame in the embodiment in FIG. 9A . In this embodiment, no matter whether the pen tip section 230 is pressed or not, the transmitter 110 always sends out electrical signals from the pen tip during the T0 period and the T1 period, thereby saving some logic circuit designs. However, compared with the embodiments of FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D , the embodiment of FIG. 9E will waste the power of the electrical signal sent during the T0 period and the T1 period. On the other hand, the touch processing device 130 does not need to detect during the R period, as long as it can detect the electrical signal sent by the pen tip section 230 during the T0 period and T1 period, it can naturally know that the pen tip section 230 Whether it is under pressure, so as to know whether the transmitter 110 is in a suspended state.

请参考图9F所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的信号调变的时序示意图。图9F的信号调变可以适用于图5所示的发信器110。在图9E的实施例中,并没有限定R时段与T0时段、T1时段的长度的比例关系。在图9F的实施例当中,R时段与T0时段、T1时段的长度比为1:2:4。如此一来,假定触控处理装置130可以在单位时间内进行N次取样,N为正整数。所以在R时段与T0时段、T1时段内,触控面板可以进行N:2N:4N次取样。本发明并不限定这三个时段的长度比例,举例来说,可以让发出电信号功率最强的时段持续最小的单位时间,让发出电信号功率最小的时段持续最长的单位时间。例如,长度比可以是1:3:2,或是1:2:3等等,端赖于设计而定。虽然在上述篇幅当中,只举出T0与T1两个时段的调变,但本发明并不限于两个时段的调变,而可以适用于更多个时段的调变。Please refer to FIG. 9F , which is a timing diagram of signal modulation of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The signal modulation of FIG. 9F can be applied to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5 . In the embodiment shown in FIG. 9E , the proportional relationship between the R period and the lengths of the T0 period and the T1 period is not limited. In the embodiment of FIG. 9F , the length ratio of the R period to the T0 period and the T1 period is 1:2:4. In this way, it is assumed that the touch processing device 130 can perform N times of sampling in a unit time, and N is a positive integer. Therefore, during the R period, the T0 period, and the T1 period, the touch panel can perform N:2N:4N times of sampling. The present invention does not limit the length ratios of these three periods. For example, the period with the strongest electrical signal power can last for the smallest unit time, and the period with the smallest electrical signal power can last for the longest unit time. For example, the length ratio can be 1:3:2, or 1:2:3, etc., depending on the design. Although only the modulation of two time periods T0 and T1 is mentioned in the above text, the present invention is not limited to the modulation of two time periods, but can be applied to the modulation of more time periods.

在一实施例中,发信器110可以在笔尖未接触的时候发出强度较大的电信号,而当笔尖接触的时候发出强度较小的电信号。据此,可以让触控处理装置130有较大的几率侦测到悬浮在触控面板120上方的发信器110。而且当发信器110接触到触控面板120之后,可以节省发信器110所消耗的能量。In one embodiment, the transmitter 110 can send out a stronger electrical signal when the pen tip is not in contact, and send out a weaker electrical signal when the pen tip is in contact. Accordingly, the touch processing device 130 can have a higher probability of detecting the transmitter 110 floating above the touch panel 120 . Moreover, when the transmitter 110 touches the touch panel 120 , the energy consumed by the transmitter 110 can be saved.

例如图9C与图9D的实施例当中,亦即笔尖段230未被触碰时,在R时段所发出的电信号可以大于对应至T0时段与T1时段的L1时段所发出的电信号。比方说,R时段当中,由笔尖段230与环状电极550所发出的电信号是来自于第一信号源211、第二信号源212与第三信号源513。因此,R时段所发出的电信号是这三个信号源211、212与513输出的总和。For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9C and FIG. 9D , that is, when the tip section 230 is not touched, the electrical signal sent during the R period may be greater than the electrical signal sent during the L1 period corresponding to the T0 period and the T1 period. For example, during the R period, the electrical signals sent by the tip section 230 and the ring electrode 550 come from the first signal source 211 , the second signal source 212 and the third signal source 513 . Therefore, the electrical signal emitted during the R period is the sum of the outputs of the three signal sources 211 , 212 and 513 .

而如图9A的实施例当中,表一为发信器110在悬浮状态时,利用到第一信号源211与第二信号源212的输出功率。表二为发信器110在接触状态时,在T0时段与T1时段仅利用到第一信号源211或第二信号源212的输出功率。因此,发信器110可以在笔尖未接触的时候发出强度较大的电信号,而当笔尖接触的时候发出强度较小的电信号。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 9A , Table 1 shows the output powers of the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 utilized when the transmitter 110 is in the floating state. Table 2 shows the output power only used by the first signal source 211 or the second signal source 212 during the time period T0 and T1 when the transmitter 110 is in the contact state. Therefore, the transmitter 110 can send out a stronger electrical signal when the pen tip is not in contact, and send out a weaker electrical signal when the pen tip is in contact.

同样地,表三为发信器110在悬浮状态时,利用到第一信号源211与第二信号源212的输出功率。表四为发信器110在接触状态时,在T0时段与T1时段仅利用到第一信号源211或第二信号源212的输出功率。因此,发信器110可以在笔尖未接触的时候发出强度较大的电信号,而当笔尖接触的时候发出强度较小的电信号。Similarly, Table 3 shows the output powers used by the first signal source 211 and the second signal source 212 when the transmitter 110 is in the floating state. Table 4 shows the output power only used by the first signal source 211 or the second signal source 212 during the time period T0 and T1 when the transmitter 110 is in the contact state. Therefore, the transmitter 110 can send out a stronger electrical signal when the pen tip is not in contact, and send out a weaker electrical signal when the pen tip is in contact.

为何要在图9A至图9F的实施例当中,加入噪声侦测的步骤与时段,请参见图10所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的噪声传播示意图。在图10当中,触控面板/屏幕120所在的电子系统100本身会发出f0频率的噪声,而f0频率恰好为频率群组F0当中的一个频率。假定频率群组F0还包含了另一个f3频率。当用户手持该电子系统100时,f0频率的噪声将会通过使用者的手指传递到触控面板/屏幕120上。倘若没有进行噪声侦测的步骤,则触控面板/屏幕120可能在信号框的时段误将手指所传来的f0频率信号,当成是发信器110发出的电信号。因此,倘若事先侦测到f0频率的噪声,即可以在信号框的时段滤除掉f0频率的信号源。Please refer to FIG. 10 , which is a schematic diagram of noise propagation according to an embodiment of the present invention, for why the steps and periods of noise detection are added in the embodiments of FIGS. 9A to 9F . In FIG. 10 , the electronic system 100 where the touch panel/screen 120 is located emits noise at frequency f0 , and frequency f0 is exactly one frequency in the frequency group F0 . Assume that the frequency group F0 also contains another frequency f3. When the user holds the electronic system 100 , the f0 frequency noise will be transmitted to the touch panel/screen 120 through the user's fingers. If the step of noise detection is not performed, the touch panel/screen 120 may mistake the f0 frequency signal transmitted from the finger as the electrical signal sent by the transmitter 110 during the period of the signal frame. Therefore, if the noise at the f0 frequency is detected in advance, the signal source at the f0 frequency can be filtered out within the period of the signal frame.

假设发信器110具有自动变频的功能,当发信器110本身侦测到触控面板/屏幕120发出了f0频率的噪声,而自动改用同一频率群组F0的另一个f3频率。使得在信号框的时段中,触控处理装置130侦测到来自于发信器110的f3频率与来自于手指的f0频率,进而产生了混淆。因此,可以如图9B所示的实施例,在发生混淆的情况下,于T1时段或信号框之后进行一次噪声侦测的步骤。由于发信器110已经停止发送f3频率的信号,而手指及电子系统100仍持续发出f0频率的噪声。触控处理装置130就可以推知,在原本信号框时段内所侦测到的信号中,具有f3频率的信号才是真正来自于发信器110的信号。Assuming that the transmitter 110 has the function of automatic frequency conversion, when the transmitter 110 itself detects that the touch panel/screen 120 emits the noise of frequency f0, it automatically switches to another frequency f3 of the same frequency group F0. During the time period of the signal frame, the touch processing device 130 detects the f3 frequency from the transmitter 110 and the f0 frequency from the finger, thereby causing confusion. Therefore, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9B , in the case of aliasing, a noise detection step is performed after the T1 period or signal frame. Since the transmitter 110 has stopped transmitting the signal of the f3 frequency, the finger and the electronic system 100 still continue to emit the f0 frequency noise. The touch processing device 130 can deduce that, among the signals detected in the original signal frame period, the signal with the frequency f3 is the signal really from the transmitter 110 .

在上述的图2A说明当中,是利用第一元件221的阻抗改变来调整多个频率的信号强度的比例。请参考图11所示,其为根据本发明另一实施例的第一电容221的结构示意图。利用第一电容221的阻抗改变来调整多个频率的信号强度的比例。传统的电容元件是两片导电金属板所形成。其电容率C是和介电常数与金属板面积成正比,并且与金属板之间的距离成反比。In the above description of FIG. 2A , the ratio of the signal strengths of multiple frequencies is adjusted by using the change of the impedance of the first element 221 . Please refer to FIG. 11 , which is a schematic structural diagram of the first capacitor 221 according to another embodiment of the present invention. The ratio of the signal strengths of multiple frequencies is adjusted by using the impedance change of the first capacitor 221 . A traditional capacitive element is formed by two conductive metal plates. Its permittivity C is proportional to the dielectric constant and the area of the metal plate, and inversely proportional to the distance between the metal plates.

在上述实施例的主要精神之一,在于利用机械结构将弹性笔尖段230沿着发信器110轴心方向的行程转成垂直于发信器110轴心方向或与发信器110轴心成夹角方向的行程。藉由该行程的变化,改变第一电容221的电容率与其相应的第一阻抗Z1,并且固定保留第二电容222的电容率与其相应的第二阻抗Z2,据此改变电信号当中第一频率(群组)的信号部分的强度M1与第二频率(群组)的信号部分的强度M2的比值。One of the main spirits of the above-mentioned embodiments is to use a mechanical structure to turn the stroke of the elastic nib section 230 along the axis of the transmitter 110 into a direction perpendicular to the axis of the transmitter 110 or at a distance from the axis of the transmitter 110. Travel in the angle direction. By changing the stroke, the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and its corresponding first impedance Z1 are changed, and the permittivity of the second capacitor 222 and its corresponding second impedance Z2 are kept fixed, thereby changing the first frequency of the electrical signal The ratio of the strength M1 of the signal portion of the (group) to the strength M2 of the signal portion of the second frequency (group).

在图11当中,包含有互不接触的三个金属板。第一金属板1110和第二金属板1120形成第一电容221,第二金属板1120和第三金属板1130形成第二电容222。在一范例中,第一金属板1110形成在具有弹性的电路板或印刷电路板上,其表面具有绝缘漆或另一层绝缘板。第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130形成在同一电路板或印刷电路板的两层,其表面具有绝缘漆或另一层绝缘板。第二金属板1120经由另外的电路耦接到前方的笔尖段230。笔头固接于抬升元件1140(如下述的斜面装置),依据笔尖段230的位移直接或间接抬升部分或全部的第一金属板1110(或弹性的电路板或印刷电路板),或造成第一金属板1110(或弹性的电路板或印刷电路板)的部分朝垂直于发信器110轴心方向的形变,在以下说明中统称为垂直于触控笔轴心方向的位移。In Fig. 11, there are three metal plates that are not in contact with each other. The first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 form the first capacitor 221 , and the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 form the second capacitor 222 . In one example, the first metal plate 1110 is formed on a flexible circuit board or a printed circuit board with insulating varnish or another layer of insulating plate on its surface. The second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are formed on the same circuit board or two layers of the printed circuit board, and its surface has insulating varnish or another layer of insulating plate. The second metal plate 1120 is coupled to the forward nib segment 230 via additional circuitry. The nib is fixed on the lifting element 1140 (such as the inclined device described below), and the displacement of the nib section 230 directly or indirectly lifts part or all of the first metal plate 1110 (or an elastic circuit board or a printed circuit board), or causes the first The deformation of the metal plate 1110 (or the elastic circuit board or printed circuit board) in the direction perpendicular to the axis of the transmitter 110 is collectively referred to as the displacement perpendicular to the axis of the stylus in the following description.

供应第一金属板1110具有第一频率(群组)的电信号,供应第三金属板1130具有第二频率(群组)的电信号。因此,第二金属板1120会感应产生具有第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的电信号,经由前方的笔尖段230传送到触控面板120。当笔尖段230未受力之时,第一金属板1110与其所属的电路板没有垂直于发信器110轴心方向的位移。然而,在笔尖段230受力之后,由于笔尖段后的斜面装置1140,将受力从平行于轴心的方向转换成垂直于轴心的方向,致使第一金属板1110所属的电路板发生形变与位移,进而导致第一电容221的介电常数发生变化。所以第一电容221的电容率C1与第一阻抗Z1也随之发生变化。在笔尖段230受力之后,第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130所属的电路板整体位移,因此第二电容222的电容率C2与阻抗Z2仍然维持不变。The first metal plate 1110 is supplied with an electrical signal having a first frequency (group), and the third metal plate 1130 is supplied with an electrical signal having a second frequency (group). Therefore, the second metal plate 1120 induces and generates electrical signals with the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group), which are transmitted to the touch panel 120 through the front pen tip section 230 . When the pen tip section 230 is not stressed, the first metal plate 1110 and the circuit board to which it belongs have no displacement perpendicular to the axial direction of the transmitter 110 . However, after the nib section 230 is stressed, due to the slope device 1140 behind the nib section, the force is converted from a direction parallel to the axis to a direction perpendicular to the axis, causing the circuit board to which the first metal plate 1110 belongs to be deformed and displacement, which further lead to a change in the dielectric constant of the first capacitor 221 . Therefore, the permittivity C1 of the first capacitor 221 and the first impedance Z1 also change accordingly. After the pen tip section 230 is stressed, the circuit boards to which the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 belong are displaced as a whole, so the permittivity C2 and impedance Z2 of the second capacitor 222 remain unchanged.

由于第一金属板1110所在的电路板会向上方形变,本实施例可以包含至少一支撑元件1150以便提供反方向的支撑力,使得在笔尖段230的受力消失之后,帮助第一金属板1110所在的电路板恢复原状。在未形变之前,该支撑元件1150所提供的支撑力可以为零。Since the circuit board on which the first metal plate 1110 is located will deform upwards, this embodiment may include at least one supporting element 1150 to provide a supporting force in the opposite direction, so that after the force on the pen tip section 230 disappears, the first metal plate 1110 will be supported. The circuit board where it is located is restored to its original state. Before being deformed, the supporting force provided by the supporting element 1150 may be zero.

在本实施例的范例中,第一电容221与第二电容222的电容率可以设计成相同。在电容率为相同的情况下,这两个电容的介电常数、距离、和面积可以是相同的。当然,本发明并未限定两个电容221与222的电容率是相同的,只要触控处理装置130知悉该发信器110的两个电容相应的阻抗比值即可。In the example of this embodiment, the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 can be designed to be the same. With the same permittivity, the permittivity, distance, and area of the two capacitors may be the same. Of course, the present invention does not limit the permittivity of the two capacitors 221 and 222 to be the same, as long as the touch processing device 130 knows the corresponding impedance ratio of the two capacitors of the transmitter 110 .

在此实施例中,采用便宜的电路板或印刷电路板来取代较为昂贵的力感测电阻。并且,当第一电容221与第二电容222的电容率相同时,当外界环境改变时,其介电常数也会同时改变,据此维持了比例预设值。除此之外,发信器110本身不需要主动控制元件来调整两个阻抗Z1与Z2的比例,只需要被动地提供电信号,可以节省许多资源。In this embodiment, an inexpensive circuit board or printed circuit board is used in place of the more expensive force sensing resistors. Moreover, when the permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are the same, when the external environment changes, the permittivity thereof will also change simultaneously, thereby maintaining the preset value of the ratio. In addition, the transmitter 110 itself does not need active control elements to adjust the ratio of the two impedances Z1 and Z2, but only needs to provide electrical signals passively, which can save a lot of resources.

请参考图12所示,其是图11所示实施例的一种减省表示图,其省略了电路板、支撑元件1150、以及自第二金属板1120与笔尖段230之间的连接电路。图12所示实施例的说明均可以参考图11。Please refer to FIG. 12 , which is a simplified representation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 , which omits the circuit board, the supporting element 1150 , and the connection circuit between the second metal plate 1120 and the nib section 230 . The description of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 can refer to FIG. 11 .

请参考图13所示,其是图12所示实施例的一种变形的示意图,其中第三金属板1130可以移为第一金属板110的后方,并且与第一金属板1110电性不耦合。当笔尖段230受力之后,也只有第一金属板1110与其所属的电路板会有位移形变。在某实施例中,第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130可以形成于同一电路板上。Please refer to FIG. 13 , which is a schematic diagram of a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 12 , wherein the third metal plate 1130 can be moved behind the first metal plate 110 and is not electrically coupled with the first metal plate 1110 . When the pen tip section 230 is stressed, only the first metal plate 1110 and the circuit board to which it belongs will be displaced and deformed. In a certain embodiment, the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 may be formed on the same circuit board.

请参考图14所示,其是图13所示实施例的一种变形的示意图,其中第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130可以各自分为A与B两个金属板,一样分别馈入第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)。当笔尖段230受力之后,第一金属板A 1110A与第一金属板B 1110B与其所属的电路板会有位移形变。而第三金属板A 1130A与第三金属板B 1130B与其所属的电路板则不会有位移形变。和图13所示实施例相比,由于有两个金属板1110A与1110B的位移形变,因此其变化量会比图13所示实施例来得大且明显。Please refer to FIG. 14, which is a schematic diagram of a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. The first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group). When the pen tip section 230 is stressed, the first metal plate A 1110A, the first metal plate B 1110B and the circuit boards to which they belong will be displaced and deformed. However, the third metal plate A 1130A, the third metal plate B 1130B and the circuit boards to which they belong will not have displacement deformation. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , due to the displacement and deformation of the two metal plates 1110A and 1110B, the variation will be larger and more obvious than the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 .

请参考图15所示,其是图14所示实施例的一种变形的示意图,其中第二金属板1120也分为1120A与1120B两个金属板,但第二金属板A 1120A与第二金属板B 1120B是藉由电路共同连接到笔尖段230。其中第一金属板A 1110A与第二金属板A 1120A形成第一电容A221A,第二金属板A 1120A与第三金属板A 1130A形成第二电容A 222A。第一金属板B 1110B与第二金属板B 1120B形成第一电容B 221B,第二金属板B 1120B与第三金属板B 1130B形成第二电容B 222B。当笔尖段230受力之后,第一金属板A 1110A与第一金属板B 1110B与其所属的电路板会有位移形变。而第三金属板A 1130A与第三金属板B 1130B与其所属的电路板则不会有位移形变。和图13所示实施例相比,由于有两个金属板的位移形变,因此其变化量会比图13所示实施例来得大且明显。Please refer to FIG. 15, which is a schematic diagram of a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 14, wherein the second metal plate 1120 is also divided into two metal plates 1120A and 1120B, but the second metal plate A 1120A and the second metal plate Board B 1120B is commonly connected to nib segment 230 by circuitry. The first metal plate A 1110A and the second metal plate A 1120A form a first capacitor A221A, and the second metal plate A 1120A and the third metal plate A 1130A form a second capacitor A 222A. The first metal plate B 1110B and the second metal plate B 1120B form a first capacitor B 221B, and the second metal plate B 1120B and the third metal plate B 1130B form a second capacitor B 222B. When the pen tip section 230 is stressed, the first metal plate A 1110A, the first metal plate B 1110B and the circuit boards to which they belong will be displaced and deformed. However, the third metal plate A 1130A, the third metal plate B 1130B and the circuit boards to which they belong will not have displacement deformation. Compared with the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 , due to the displacement and deformation of the two metal plates, the amount of change will be larger and more obvious than the embodiment shown in FIG. 13 .

请参考图16A所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的示意图。在图16A所示的实施例中,由上而下包含第一金属板1110、第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130。其中,第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130是固定的,分别馈入第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号。第二金属板1120将会感应到上下金属板的第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号,而输出具有混和第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的电信号。Please refer to FIG. 16A , which is a schematic diagram according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 16A , the first metal plate 1110 , the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are included from top to bottom. Wherein, the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed, and feed signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) respectively. The second metal plate 1120 will sense the signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) of the upper and lower metal plates, and the output has a mixture of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) electrical signal.

第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221,第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。当第二金属板1120未发生形变时,在相同环境下,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析该电信号当中相应于第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的强度M1与M2,根据这两个强度值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入默认范围内时,即可以知道第二金属板1120未发生形变。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 , and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 . When the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed, under the same environment, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the analysis of the electric signal corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second Intensities M1 and M2 of frequencies (groups), and proportional values are calculated based on these two intensity values. When the ratio is a preset value or falls within a default range, it can be known that the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed.

当第二金属板1120发生形变时,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值与电容值发生变化。因此根据这两个强度值计算比例值,依据这个比例值的变化,即可反推回第二金属板1120的形变或受力情况。在此,可以套用图6所示实施例的各个步骤。When the second metal plate 1120 is deformed, the impedance and capacitance of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 change. Therefore, the proportional value is calculated according to the two strength values, and the deformation or stress of the second metal plate 1120 can be deduced back according to the change of the proportional value. Here, various steps of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be applied.

请参考图16B所示,其是图16A所示实施例的一种变形的示意图。其中第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130是固定的,分别馈入第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号。第一金属板1110将会感应到下方第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130的第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的信号,而输出具有混和第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的电信号。Please refer to FIG. 16B , which is a schematic diagram of a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 16A . The second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed, and are respectively fed with signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group). The first metal plate 1110 will sense the signals of the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) of the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 below, and the output has a mixed first frequency (group) ) and the electrical signal of the second frequency (group).

第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221,第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。当第一金属板1110未发生形变时,在相同环境下,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析该电信号当中相应于第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组)的强度M1与M2,根据这两个强度值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入默认范围内时,即可以知道第一金属板1110未发生形变。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 , and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 . When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, under the same environment, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the analysis of the electric signal corresponding to the first frequency (group) and the second Intensities M1 and M2 of frequencies (groups), and proportional values are calculated based on these two intensity values. When the ratio is a preset value or falls within a default range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed.

当第一金属板1110发生形变时,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值与电容率发生变化。因此根据这两个强度值计算比例值,依据这个比例值的变化,即可反推回第一金属板1110的形变或受力情况。在此,可以套用图6所示实施例的各个步骤。上述的阻抗值可能随温度与湿度而改变,本发明的第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值同时随温度与湿度而改变,因此在计算比例值时,可降低或避免温度与湿度对比例值造成的影响。When the first metal plate 1110 is deformed, the impedance and permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 change. Therefore, the proportional value is calculated according to the two strength values, and the deformation or stress of the first metal plate 1110 can be deduced back according to the change of the proportional value. Here, various steps of the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 can be applied. The above-mentioned impedance value may change with temperature and humidity, and the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 of the present invention change with temperature and humidity at the same time, so when calculating the proportional value, the influence of temperature and humidity can be reduced or avoided. The effect of the scale value.

请参考图17A与图17B所示,其是根据本发明的第一电容与第二电容的结构示意图。在图16A与图16B的实施例当中,分别馈入第一频率(群组)与第二频率(群组),在图17A与图17B的实施例当中,只需要馈入相同频率的驱动信号即可。换言之,可以适用于图7A至图7D的各个实施例,所馈入的驱动信号可以是图7A与图7B的单一信号源714,也可以是图7C发信器有线通讯单元771所得来的电信号作为信号源,还可以是图7D笔尖段230与触控面板120近接时,从触控面板120上的第一电极121与/或第二电极122所获得的信号作为信号源。Please refer to FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B , which are structural schematic diagrams of the first capacitor and the second capacitor according to the present invention. In the embodiment of FIG. 16A and FIG. 16B , the first frequency (group) and the second frequency (group) are respectively fed in. In the embodiment of FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B , only the driving signal of the same frequency needs to be fed in. That's it. In other words, it can be applied to the various embodiments in FIG. 7A to FIG. 7D , and the fed-in driving signal can be the single signal source 714 in FIG. 7A and FIG. The signal as the signal source can also be the signal obtained from the first electrode 121 and/or the second electrode 122 on the touch panel 120 when the pen tip section 230 in FIG. 7D is close to the touch panel 120 as the signal source.

图17A的三层金属板与图16A的三层金属板结构相同,上述具有某一频率的驱动信号馈入可形变的第二金属板1120。通过与第二金属板1120的电容效应,第一金属板1110将有受到感应的第一电流值I1输出。同样地,通过与第二金属板1120的电容效应,第三金属板1130将有受到感应的第二电流值I2输出。The three-layer metal plate in FIG. 17A has the same structure as the three-layer metal plate in FIG. 16A , and the driving signal with a certain frequency is fed into the deformable second metal plate 1120 . Through the capacitive effect with the second metal plate 1120 , the first metal plate 1110 will output the sensed first current value I1 . Likewise, through the capacitive effect with the second metal plate 1120 , the third metal plate 1130 will output the induced second current value I2 .

第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221,第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。当第二金属板1120未发生形变时,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析电流量I 1与I2,根据这两个电流值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入默认范围内时,即可以知道第二金属板1120未发生形变。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 , and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 . When the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the current quantities I1 and I2 are analyzed, and the proportional value is calculated according to the two current values. When the ratio is a preset value or falls within a default range, it can be known that the second metal plate 1120 is not deformed.

当第二金属板1120发生形变时,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值与电容率发生变化。因此根据这两个电流值I 1与I2计算比例值,依据这个比例值的变化,即可反推回第二金属板1120的形变或受力情况。据此,可以套用图8所示的方法实施例。When the second metal plate 1120 is deformed, the impedance and permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 change. Therefore, the proportional value is calculated according to the two current values I1 and I2, and the deformation or stress of the second metal plate 1120 can be inferred according to the change of the proportional value. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 can be applied.

请参考图17B所示,其为图17A所示实施例的一种变形。其中第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130是固定的。上述具有某一频率的驱动信号馈入可形变的第一金属板1110。通过与第一金属板1110的电容效应,第二金属板1120将所感应的第一电流值I 1输出。同样地,通过与第一金属板1110的电容效应,第三金属板1130将所感应的第二电流值I2输出。Please refer to FIG. 17B , which is a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 17A . Wherein the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 are fixed. The driving signal with a certain frequency is fed into the deformable first metal plate 1110 . Through the capacitive effect with the first metal plate 1110, the second metal plate 1120 outputs the sensed first current value I1. Likewise, through the capacitive effect with the first metal plate 1110 , the third metal plate 1130 outputs the induced second current value I2 .

第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221,第一金属板1110与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。当第一金属板1110未发生形变时,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析电流量I1与I2,根据这两个电流值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入默认范围内时,即可以知道第一金属板1110未发生形变。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 , and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the third metal plate 1130 . When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the currents I1 and I2 are analyzed, and the proportional value is calculated according to the two current values. When the ratio is a preset value or falls within a default range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed.

当第一金属板1110发生形变时,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值与电容率发生变化。因此根据两个电流值I 1与I2计算比例值,依据这个比例值的变化,即可反推回第一金属板1110的形变或受力情况。据此,可以套用图8所示的方法实施例。When the first metal plate 1110 is deformed, the impedance and permittivity of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 change. Therefore, the proportional value is calculated according to the two current values I1 and I2, and the deformation or stress of the first metal plate 1110 can be inferred according to the change of the proportional value. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 can be applied.

请参考图18,其是图11所示实施例的一种变形的示意图。图11所示实施例需要馈入两种频率的信号。然而,在图18所示实施例当中,如同图17A与图17B的实施例,只需要馈入某一频率的驱动信号到第二金属板1120,或者是馈入某种信号,而无须知道馈入信号具有多少种频率的成分。Please refer to FIG. 18 , which is a schematic diagram of a modification of the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 . The embodiment shown in Fig. 11 needs to be fed with signals of two frequencies. However, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 18 , like the embodiment shown in FIG. 17A and FIG. 17B , it is only necessary to feed a driving signal of a certain frequency to the second metal plate 1120, or to feed a certain signal without knowing the frequency of the driving signal. How many frequency components the incoming signal has.

第一金属板1110与第二金属板1120之间形成第一电容221,第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130之间形成第二电容222。由于第二金属板1120与第三金属板1130的距离与介电常数不会改变,因此第二电容222的电容值与阻抗是固定的。当第一金属板1110未发生形变时,第一电容221与第二电容222的阻抗值是固定的,因此分析电流量I1与I2,根据这两个电流值计算比例值。当该比例值为预设值或落入默认范围内时,即可以知道第一金属板1110未发生形变。但第一电容221的电容率与阻抗会因为第一金属板的形变而改变。所以当第一金属板1110因外力而形变时,第一电流值I1会有所变化。所以相关于电流值I1与I2的比例值也会改变,据此可以反推回第一金属板1110的形变或受力情况。据此,可以套用图8所示的方法实施例。A first capacitor 221 is formed between the first metal plate 1110 and the second metal plate 1120 , and a second capacitor 222 is formed between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 . Since the distance and dielectric constant between the second metal plate 1120 and the third metal plate 1130 do not change, the capacitance and impedance of the second capacitor 222 are fixed. When the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed, the impedance values of the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 are fixed, so the currents I1 and I2 are analyzed, and the proportional value is calculated according to the two current values. When the ratio is a preset value or falls within a default range, it can be known that the first metal plate 1110 is not deformed. But the permittivity and impedance of the first capacitor 221 will change due to the deformation of the first metal plate. Therefore, when the first metal plate 1110 is deformed by an external force, the first current value I1 will change. Therefore, the ratio relative to the current values I1 and I2 will also change, based on which the deformation or stress of the first metal plate 1110 can be deduced back. Accordingly, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 can be applied.

在本发明的另一实施例中,发信器110内的控制器或电路可以是馈入某一频率的驱动信号到第二金属板1120,计算相应于第一电容221与第二电容222的电流量I1与I2,再利用两者的比例值来计算感测值,从而判断出笔尖受力的程度。换言之,藉由前述的第一阻抗Z1与第二阻抗Z2,本发明提供了一种压力感测电容(FSC;force sensitingcapacitor),可用来替换传统的压力感测元件,如压力感测电阻FSR,提供压力的判断。本发明提供的压力感测电容具有成本低,不易受温度与湿度影响的特性。于前述的各图当中,揭露了利用可弯曲的印刷电路板作为力感应电容。本发明的特征之一,在于提供了其他形式的力感应电容。In another embodiment of the present invention, the controller or the circuit in the transmitter 110 may feed a driving signal of a certain frequency to the second metal plate 1120, and calculate the values corresponding to the first capacitor 221 and the second capacitor 222 The current I1 and I2, and then use the ratio of the two to calculate the sensing value, so as to determine the degree of force on the pen tip. In other words, with the aforementioned first impedance Z1 and second impedance Z2, the present invention provides a force sensing capacitor (FSC; force sensing capacitor), which can be used to replace the traditional pressure sensing element, such as the force sensing resistor FSR, Provides a judgment of stress. The pressure sensing capacitor provided by the present invention has the characteristics of low cost and not easily affected by temperature and humidity. In the foregoing figures, the use of a flexible printed circuit board as a force sensing capacitor is disclosed. One of the features of the present invention is to provide other forms of force sensing capacitors.

请参考图19A,其是发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。请注意图19A至图19E的比例已做了改变,以便凸显出某些部分。此外,某些固定元件被省略,以便简化说明。在图19A当中,最左边的元件为长杆型笔尖或笔尖段230,笔尖部分可以是导电体。为了方便起见,称笔尖段230为发信器110或主动笔的前端,当与前端可动元件1971接触时,笔尖段230与前端可动元件电性1971耦合。前端可动元件1971藉由中间的凸扣件与后端可动元件1972中间的凹扣件结合。在一实施例中,凸扣件与凹扣件可以包含螺纹。前端可动元件1971与后端可动元件1972可以是导体,或为导电元件,例如可为金属件。Please refer to FIG. 19A , which is an exploded schematic diagram of the center section of the force sensing capacitor and its structure of the transmitter 110 . Please note that the scale of Figures 19A-19E has been changed to highlight certain parts. Furthermore, certain fixing elements have been omitted in order to simplify the illustration. In FIG. 19A, the leftmost element is a long rod-shaped pen tip or tip segment 230, and the tip portion may be an electrical conductor. For convenience, the nib section 230 is referred to as the front end of the transmitter 110 or the active pen. When in contact with the front movable element 1971 , the nib section 230 is electrically coupled with the front movable element 1971 . The front movable element 1971 is combined with the female fastener in the middle of the rear movable element 1972 through the middle convex fastener. In one embodiment, the male and female fasteners may include threads. The front movable element 1971 and the rear movable element 1972 can be conductors, or conductive elements, such as metal parts.

图19A包含了壳体1980,该壳体1980可以环形地包含住上述的前端与后端可动元件1971与1972,为了简化起见,图19A只画出该壳体1980的一部分。该壳体1980靠近笔尖段230的部分内缩成为直径较小的颈部,颈部与该壳体1980直径较大的部分之间可以包含作为承力部分的肩部。在图19A当中,该承力部分与该前端可动元件1971之间相夹了至少一个弹性元件1978,用于沿着笔的长轴,分别对该壳体1980与该前端可动元件1971施力。该弹性元件1978可以是弹簧(spr ing)、弹片或其他类型的弹性元件。在某实施例中,与图19A不同的是,该弹性元件1978可以环绕可动元件1970与该壳体1980的颈部。Fig. 19A includes a casing 1980, which can annularly contain the above-mentioned front and rear movable elements 1971 and 1972. For the sake of simplicity, Fig. 19A only shows a part of the casing 1980. The portion of the casing 1980 close to the nib section 230 is narrowed into a neck with a smaller diameter, and a shoulder as a load-bearing portion may be included between the neck and the portion of the casing 1980 with a larger diameter. In Fig. 19A, at least one elastic element 1978 is sandwiched between the load-bearing part and the front movable element 1971, and is used to apply force to the housing 1980 and the front movable element 1971 along the long axis of the pen. . The elastic element 1978 can be a spring, a shrapnel or other types of elastic elements. In a certain embodiment, different from FIG. 19A , the elastic element 1978 can surround the movable element 1970 and the neck of the casing 1980 .

在另一实施例中,该弹性元件1978可以沿着笔的长轴,分别对该壳体1980与该后端可动元件1972施力。由于该前端与后端可动元件1971及1972可以藉由扣件结合成为可动元件1970,因此无论是对前段可动元件1971或后端可动元件1972进行施力,都可以将该可动元件1970推向笔尖段230,进而将笔尖段230向前端推。In another embodiment, the elastic element 1978 can apply force to the casing 1980 and the rear movable element 1972 along the long axis of the pen. Since the front and rear movable elements 1971 and 1972 can be combined into a movable element 1970 by fasteners, no matter applying force to the front movable element 1971 or the rear movable element 1972, the movable Element 1970 pushes toward nib section 230, thereby pushing nib section 230 forwardly.

当笔尖段230受到图中向右或向后端的施力时,会克服该弹性元件1978的弹力而压迫可动元件1970,直到可动元件1970的某部分接触到该壳体1980的承力部分为止。因此,本发明所提供的设计,可以让可动元件1970在该壳体1980的颈部内沿着笔的长轴移动达一个行程。同样地,由于该可动元件1970抵住笔尖段230,所以笔尖段230也可以沿着笔的长轴移动达到同样的行程。该行程的长度可以根据设计的不同而变化,比方说,可以是1mm或0.5mm。本发明并不限定该行程的长度。When the nib section 230 is applied to the right or rearward in the figure, it will overcome the elastic force of the elastic element 1978 and press the movable element 1970 until a certain part of the movable element 1970 touches the load-bearing part of the housing 1980 until. Therefore, the design provided by the present invention allows the movable element 1970 to move within the neck of the housing 1980 along the long axis of the pen for a stroke. Likewise, since the movable element 1970 is against the nib section 230, the nib section 230 can also move along the long axis of the pen to achieve the same stroke. The length of this stroke can vary depending on the design, say 1mm or 0.5mm. The present invention does not limit the length of the stroke.

在后端可动元件1972的后端,有一层绝缘膜1973。在绝缘膜1973的后端,还包含一个可压缩导体1974。在一实施例中,该可压缩导体1974可以是导电橡胶或是参杂导体的弹性元件。由于该可动元件1970与该可压缩导体1974之间夹了绝缘膜1973,因此该可动元件1970、该绝缘膜1973、与该可压缩导体1974就形成了一个电容器,或者是一个力感应电容器。本申请所提供的力感应电容器可以是图2A至图5的第一电容221。简而言之,本申请所提供的力感应电容器可以应用于上述的各个实施例。At the rear end of the rear end movable member 1972, an insulating film 1973 is provided. At the rear end of the insulating film 1973, a compressible conductor 1974 is also included. In one embodiment, the compressible conductor 1974 can be a conductive rubber or an elastic element mixed with a conductor. Since the insulating film 1973 is sandwiched between the movable element 1970 and the compressible conductor 1974, the movable element 1970, the insulating film 1973, and the compressible conductor 1974 form a capacitor, or a force sensing capacitor . The force sensing capacitor provided in the present application may be the first capacitor 221 in FIGS. 2A to 5 . In short, the force sensing capacitor provided by the present application can be applied to each of the above-mentioned embodiments.

该可压缩导体1974固定在导体基底1975上,而该导体基底1975可以藉由固件或扣件固定在该壳体1980的内周面上。当可动元件1970向后端或向右移动时,由于导体基底1975的位置是不动的,后端可动元件1972就会压缩该可压缩导体1974,导致上述力感应电容器的电容值改变。The compressible conductor 1974 is fixed on the conductor base 1975, and the conductor base 1975 can be fixed on the inner peripheral surface of the housing 1980 by fasteners or fasteners. When the movable element 1970 moves to the rear end or to the right, since the position of the conductor base 1975 is fixed, the rear end movable element 1972 will compress the compressible conductor 1974, causing the capacitance value of the above-mentioned force sensing capacitor to change.

由于笔的形状限制,其余的电路与电池模块可以位于该导体基底1975的后端。在图19A当中,这些元件可以利用印刷电路板1990作为代表。作为该力感应电容器的第一端,上述的可动元件1970通过可动元件导线1977连接到该印刷电路板1990。而作为该力感应电容器的第二端,上述的导体基座1975藉由基座导线1976连接到该印刷电路板1990。Due to the limitation of the shape of the pen, the remaining circuits and battery modules can be located at the rear end of the conductor base 1975 . In FIG. 19A , these elements can be represented by a printed circuit board 1990 . As the first terminal of the force sensing capacitor, the aforementioned movable element 1970 is connected to the printed circuit board 1990 by movable element wires 1977 . And as the second terminal of the force sensing capacitor, the above-mentioned conductive base 1975 is connected to the printed circuit board 1990 through the base wire 1976 .

该基座导线1976也可以是另一个弹性元件。在某些实施例中,与图19A不同的是,该基座导线1976可以环绕该导体基座1975。在另一实施例中,该导体基座1975并不导电,基座导线1976系穿过该导体基座1975与该可压缩导体1974电性耦合。The base wire 1976 can also be another elastic element. In some embodiments, unlike FIG. 19A , the pedestal wire 1976 can wrap around the conductor pedestal 1975 . In another embodiment, the conductor base 1975 is not conductive, and the base wire 1976 is electrically coupled to the compressible conductor 1974 through the conductor base 1975 .

在实施例当中,该绝缘膜1973的制造方法可以是将该后端可动元件1972的右端平面浸入绝缘液体内。当该绝缘液体风干之后,自然在后端可动元件1972的右端平面形成一绝缘膜1973。In an embodiment, the insulating film 1973 may be manufactured by immersing the right end plane of the rear end movable element 1972 in an insulating liquid. After the insulating liquid is air-dried, an insulating film 1973 is naturally formed on the right end plane of the rear movable element 1972 .

请参考图20所示,其是图19A中的可压缩导体1974与绝缘膜1973的接触面的剖面示意图。图20包含了四种可压缩导体1974与该绝缘膜1973的接触面的实施例。(a)的实施例为中心突起的接触面,(b)的实施例为单一斜面的接触面,(c)的实施例为中心锥状的接触面,(d)的实施例为多个突起的接触面。申请人认为本发明并不限定接触面的形状。Please refer to FIG. 20 , which is a schematic cross-sectional view of the contact surface of the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 in FIG. 19A . FIG. 20 includes four examples of the interface between the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 . The embodiment of (a) is the contact surface of the central protrusion, the embodiment of (b) is the contact surface of a single slope, the embodiment of (c) is the contact surface of the central cone, and the embodiment of (d) is a plurality of protrusions contact surface. Applicants consider that the invention is not limited by the shape of the contact surface.

尽管在图19A当中,可动元件1970上形成绝缘膜1973的表面是平面,但本发明并不限定于此。该表面可以如图20所示的接触面,为中心突起、单一斜面、中心锥状或举有多个突起的接触面。换言之,在某些实施例当中,可压缩导体1974与该绝缘膜1973两者的表面都不是平面。Although in FIG. 19A, the surface on which the insulating film 1973 is formed on the movable element 1970 is flat, the present invention is not limited thereto. The surface can be a contact surface as shown in FIG. 20, which can be a central protrusion, a single slope, a central cone, or a contact surface with multiple protrusions. In other words, in some embodiments, the surfaces of both the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 are not planar.

请参考图19B所示,其是图19A所示的结构组合之后的一剖面示意图。在组合之后,前端可动元件1971与后端可动元件1972已经结合成为单一的可动元件1970。该可动元件1970与该壳体1980的承力部分之间藉由弹性元件1978连接,该弹性元件1978的弹性张力使得该可动元件1970整体向前端的方向抵住笔尖段230,直到后端可动元件1972抵住该壳体1980的承力部分为止。可动元件1970与壳体1980之间留有可动的行程d。此时,可压缩导体1974并未受到压缩而形变,假定该力感应电容器的电容值为第一电容值。Please refer to FIG. 19B , which is a schematic cross-sectional view of the assembled structure shown in FIG. 19A . After combination, the front movable element 1971 and the rear movable element 1972 have been combined into a single movable element 1970 . The movable element 1970 is connected to the load-bearing part of the housing 1980 by an elastic element 1978. The elastic tension of the elastic element 1978 makes the movable element 1970 abut against the nib section 230 in the direction of the front end until the rear end. The movable element 1972 abuts against the load-bearing portion of the housing 1980 until it reaches. There is a movable stroke d between the movable element 1970 and the housing 1980 . At this time, the compressible conductor 1974 is not deformed due to compression, and it is assumed that the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor is the first capacitance value.

请参考图19C所示,其是图19A所示的结构组合之后的另一剖面示意图。和图19B相比,由于笔尖段230受到向后端的压力,因此向后端移动。被笔尖段230的移动所影响,可动元件1970克服了弹性元件1978的弹性张力,向后端移动了整段行程d,直到前端可动元件1971抵住了壳体1980的承力部分为止。此时,可压缩导体1974受到了可动元件1970与绝缘膜1973的压缩而导致形变,该力感应电容器的电容值为第二电容值,该第二电容值不同于上述的第一电容值。Please refer to FIG. 19C , which is another schematic cross-sectional view of the combined structure shown in FIG. 19A . Compared with FIG. 19B , since the nib segment 230 is pressed toward the rear end, it moves toward the rear end. Affected by the movement of the nib section 230, the movable element 1970 overcomes the elastic tension of the elastic element 1978 and moves to the rear end for the entire stroke d until the front movable element 1971 is against the load-bearing part of the housing 1980. At this time, the compressible conductor 1974 is compressed by the movable element 1970 and the insulating film 1973 to cause deformation, and the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor is a second capacitance value, which is different from the above-mentioned first capacitance value.

在图19B与图19C所示的行程尽头之间,可动元件1970还可以有无数个位置,或者说是可压缩导体1974可以有无数个受压程度,或是说可压缩导体1974与绝缘膜1973的接触面的面积可以有无数个大小变化,某一个位置或受压程度或面积大小变化都可以让该力感应电容的电容值做出变化。Between the end of travel shown in Figure 19B and Figure 19C, the movable element 1970 can also have an infinite number of positions, or the compressible conductor 1974 can have an infinite number of compression levels, or the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film The area of the contact surface of 1973 can have countless size changes, and the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor can be changed by a certain position or pressure degree or area size change.

请参考图19D所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。其与图19B的不同之处在于,可压缩导体1974与绝缘膜1973的位置互换。无论如何,当可动元件1970向后端移动时,可压缩导体1974将会受到绝缘膜1973与导体基座1975的压缩而产生形变。藉此,也可以让该力感应电容的电容值做出变化。Please refer to FIG. 19D , which is an exploded schematic diagram of the center section of the force sensing capacitor and its structure of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. It differs from FIG. 19B in that the positions of the compressible conductor 1974 and the insulating film 1973 are reversed. In any case, when the movable element 1970 moves to the rear end, the compressible conductor 1974 will be compressed by the insulating film 1973 and the conductor base 1975 to generate deformation. In this way, the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor can also be changed.

请参考图19E所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的发信器110的力感应电容与其结构的中心剖面的分解示意图。图19E与图19B的不同之处在于,后端可动元件1972的右端,不再是一层绝缘膜1973,而是一块可压缩绝缘材料(compressible dielectricmaterial)1979。比方是绝缘橡胶、塑料、泡棉等。而导体基底1975所连接的导体,改换成是不可压缩的导体,例如是金属块或石墨等材质。由于受到可动元件1970的压力时,可压缩绝缘材料1979的厚度会变小,导致可动元件1970与导体之间的距离变小,所以力感应电容器的电容值会跟着改变。从制作成本来看,图19E的导体比图19A的可压缩导体1974来得贵。Please refer to FIG. 19E , which is an exploded schematic view of the center section of the force sensing capacitor and its structure of the transmitter 110 according to an embodiment of the present invention. The difference between FIG. 19E and FIG. 19B is that the right end of the rear movable element 1972 is no longer a layer of insulating film 1973, but a piece of compressible insulating material (compressible dielectric material) 1979. For example, insulating rubber, plastic, foam, etc. The conductors connected to the conductor base 1975 are replaced with incompressible conductors, such as metal blocks or graphite. Since the thickness of the compressible insulating material 1979 becomes smaller when being pressed by the movable element 1970 , the distance between the movable element 1970 and the conductor becomes smaller, so the capacitance of the force sensing capacitor changes accordingly. In terms of manufacturing cost, the conductor of FIG. 19E is more expensive than the compressible conductor 1974 of FIG. 19A.

在图19E实施例的一个变化当中,可以将导体与可压缩绝缘材料1979的接触面,做成如图20所示的各种形状的接触面。在另一个变化当中,可以将可压缩绝缘材料1979与导体的接触面,做成如图20所示的各种形状的接触面。In a variation of the embodiment in FIG. 19E , the contact surface between the conductor and the compressible insulating material 1979 can be made into various shapes as shown in FIG. 20 . In another variation, the contact surface between the compressible insulating material 1979 and the conductor can be made into various shapes as shown in FIG. 20 .

与图19D类似,可压缩绝缘材料1979与该导体的位置也可以互换。可压缩绝缘材料1979可以与导体基座1975相接,而该导体可以连接在该可动元件1970的后端。当可动元件1970向后端移动时,该导体会导致可压缩绝缘材料1979形变,使得该力感应电容的电容值产生变化。Similar to Figure 19D, the positions of the compressible insulating material 1979 and the conductor may also be interchanged. The compressible insulating material 1979 can be in contact with the conductor base 1975 , and the conductor can be connected to the rear end of the movable element 1970 . When the movable element 1970 moves toward the rear end, the conductor will cause the compressible insulating material 1979 to deform, so that the capacitance value of the force sensing capacitor will change.

请参考图21所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的压力传感器的示意图。如图所示,该压力传感器2110具有两个输入端a,b以及输出端c,两个输入端a,b及输出端c与控制单元2120电连接。该控制单元2120经由输入端a与b分别将第一频率(群组)F1与第二频率(群组)F2输入到该压力传感器2110,并且藉由输出端c接收该压力传感器2110的输出信号。该控制单元2120可以实施图6所示的方法。Please refer to FIG. 21 , which is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in the figure, the pressure sensor 2110 has two input ends a, b and an output end c, and the two input ends a, b and output end c are electrically connected to the control unit 2120 . The control unit 2120 respectively inputs the first frequency (group) F1 and the second frequency (group) F2 to the pressure sensor 2110 through the input terminals a and b, and receives the output signal of the pressure sensor 2110 through the output terminal c . The control unit 2120 can implement the method shown in FIG. 6 .

当外界压力驱动电容C1产生电容值的变化,亦可由控制单元2120解析出对应该电容值变化的压力变化,藉此,本实施例的压力传感器2110可广泛应用于各种压力测量装置中,例如荷重感测计。在应用中,上述压力传感器2110亦可用于另一种触控笔中,经由控制单元2120解析出触控笔尖的所接收的压力变化后,经由控制单元2120驱动预定频率f0的信号发射单元,将压力变化传送给触控面板。When the external pressure drives the capacitor C1 to produce a change in capacitance value, the control unit 2120 can also analyze the pressure change corresponding to the change in capacitance value, so that the pressure sensor 2110 of this embodiment can be widely used in various pressure measurement devices, such as load sensor. In application, the above-mentioned pressure sensor 2110 can also be used in another stylus. After analyzing the received pressure change of the stylus tip through the control unit 2120, the control unit 2120 drives the signal transmitting unit with a predetermined frequency f0, and the Changes in pressure are transmitted to the touch panel.

先前提过发信器110可以在接收由触控面板120发送的灯塔信号之后的一段时间内,发送上述的电信号,让触控处理装置130可以侦测到发信器110与其传感器的状态。在持续一段第一时间没有接收到上述灯塔信号时,发信器110可以是进入省电模式,间隔一侦测周期才侦测是否有灯塔信号,直到接收到灯塔信号后才重新持续地侦测灯塔信号,其中侦测周期大于灯塔信号的发送周期。It is mentioned earlier that the transmitter 110 can send the above electrical signal within a period of time after receiving the lighthouse signal sent by the touch panel 120 , so that the touch processing device 130 can detect the status of the transmitter 110 and its sensors. When the above-mentioned lighthouse signal is not received for a first period of time, the transmitter 110 may enter the power-saving mode, detect whether there is a lighthouse signal at intervals of a detection cycle, and continue to detect again until the lighthouse signal is received A lighthouse signal, wherein the detection period is greater than the transmission period of the lighthouse signal.

此外,在持续一段第二时间没有接收到上述灯塔信号时,发信器110可以是进入睡眠模式,关闭发信器110的电路或控制器的大部分的电力,直到被唤醒。在本发明的实施例中,在睡眠模式下,发信器110关闭接收灯塔信号与发送电信号的相关电路。前述的睡眠模式的唤醒,可以是在发信器110设置按纽或开关,由使用者手动触发按纽或开关来唤醒。在本发明另一实施例中,可以是使用图23A与图23B的实施例,或是图24A与图24B的实施例来唤醒。在笔尖段230接触到物体之后,即可以令第一端口的电位由低变高,进而让发信器110发送电信号。In addition, when the lighthouse signal is not received for a second period of time, the transmitter 110 may enter a sleep mode, turning off most of the circuits or controller power of the transmitter 110 until awakened. In an embodiment of the present invention, in the sleep mode, the transmitter 110 shuts down related circuits for receiving lighthouse signals and sending electrical signals. To wake up from the aforementioned sleep mode, a button or switch may be set on the transmitter 110, and the user manually triggers the button or switch to wake up. In another embodiment of the present invention, the embodiment of FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B , or the embodiment of FIG. 24A and FIG. 24B can be used to wake up. After the pen tip section 230 touches the object, the potential of the first port can be changed from low to high, and then the transmitter 110 can send an electrical signal.

在本申请当中,加入环状电极550的功能之一,可用于接收上述的灯塔信号,而不限于只通过笔尖段230来接收灯塔信号。由于环状电极550的面积与体积要大于笔尖段230的尖端,因此可以在离触控面板120较远的地方接收到灯塔信号。或者是让触控面板120发送信号强度较弱的灯塔信号,用于减少触控面板120的电力消耗。若在一段时间内未接收到灯塔信号,主动笔可以进入更深层的睡眠程度,以节省更多的电力消耗。在更深层的睡眠状态下,使用者可以藉由点触笔尖段230,来让发信器110回复到正常运作的状态。可以使用图23A与图23B的实施例,或是图24A与图24B的实施例来唤醒发信器110。在笔尖段230接触到物体之后,即可以令第一端口的电位由低变高,进而让发信器110发送电信号。In this application, adding one of the functions of the ring electrode 550 can be used to receive the above-mentioned lighthouse signal, and is not limited to receiving the lighthouse signal only through the pen tip section 230 . Since the area and volume of the ring electrode 550 are larger than the tip of the tip section 230 , the lighthouse signal can be received at a place farther away from the touch panel 120 . Or let the touch panel 120 send a lighthouse signal with weaker signal strength to reduce the power consumption of the touch panel 120 . If no lighthouse signal is received for a period of time, the active pen can enter a deeper sleep level to save more power consumption. In a deeper sleep state, the user can restore the transmitter 110 to a normal operating state by touching the pen tip section 230 . The transmitter 110 can be woken up using the embodiment of FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B , or the embodiment of FIG. 24A and FIG. 24B . After the pen tip section 230 touches the object, the potential of the first port can be changed from low to high, and then the transmitter 110 can send an electrical signal.

当要在一个触控面板120上操作多支发信器110的时候,触控面板120可以发出不同的灯塔信号,以便让相应的发信器110在接收灯塔信号后的一段时间内发出主动信号。上述的发信器110也可以根据不同的灯塔信号,调整上述的第一信号源211、第二信号源212、与第三信号源513的频率或调变方式,以利触控处理装置130侦测得知是哪一支发信器110的信号。同样地,上述的不同灯塔信号可以采用不同的频率或调变方式。When multiple transmitters 110 are to be operated on one touch panel 120, the touch panel 120 can send out different lighthouse signals, so that the corresponding transmitter 110 can send out an active signal within a period of time after receiving the lighthouse signal . The above-mentioned transmitter 110 can also adjust the frequency or modulation method of the above-mentioned first signal source 211, second signal source 212, and third signal source 513 according to different lighthouse signals, so as to facilitate the detection by the touch processing device 130. It is detected which signal transmitter 110 is the signal of. Likewise, the above-mentioned different lighthouse signals may adopt different frequencies or modulation methods.

请参考图22所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的压力传感器的示意图。在此实施例中,控制单元2220亦可馈入某一频率的驱动信号到压力传感器2210的输入端c,并接收由输出端a,b输出相应于第一电容C1与第二电容C2的电流量I 1与I2至控制单元2220,再经由控制单元20利用两者的比例值来计算感测值,从而判断出压力变化。该控制单元2220可以实施图8所示的方法。在应用中,该预定频率的驱动信号亦可是由外界输入至压力传感器2220的输入端c中。Please refer to FIG. 22 , which is a schematic diagram of a pressure sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention. In this embodiment, the control unit 2220 can also feed a driving signal of a certain frequency to the input terminal c of the pressure sensor 2210, and receive the voltage corresponding to the first capacitor C1 and the second capacitor C2 from the output terminals a and b. The flow rates I1 and I2 are sent to the control unit 2220, and then the proportional value of the two is used to calculate the sensing value through the control unit 20, thereby judging the pressure change. The control unit 2220 can implement the method shown in FIG. 8 . In an application, the driving signal of the predetermined frequency may also be input to the input terminal c of the pressure sensor 2220 from outside.

请参考图23A与图23B所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的简单开关的结构示意图。在图23A所示的实施例中,总共有三层电路板。和先前的图示相同,右方有机械斜面。在机械斜面未向左推送之前,位于上层电路板的电路通过中间电路板导电线路,连接到下层电路板的电路。上层电路板的第一接点p1分别连接到电压源(如Vdd)与第一端口(GPIO1),在未发生垂直于触控笔轴心方向的位移时,第一接点p1与中间电路板的第二接点p2电性接触。中间电路板另外具有第三接点p3,第二接点p2与第三接点p3电性连接。下层电路板的第四接点p4连接到地面电位(如ground),也可以再接到第二端口(GPIO2)。此外,第四接点p4与第三接点p3电性接触。电压源与第一端口GPIO1间连接提升电阻,当上层电路板与中间电路板的电路为短路(第一接点p1与第二接点p2电性接触),以及中间电路板与下层电路板的电路为短路(第三接点p3与第四接点p4电性接触)时,第一端口GPIO1的电位为低电位或地面电位。Please refer to FIG. 23A and FIG. 23B , which are schematic structural diagrams of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the embodiment shown in Figure 23A, there are a total of three circuit board layers. Same as previous illustration, with mechanical ramp on the right. Before the mechanical slope is pushed to the left, the circuit on the upper circuit board is connected to the circuit on the lower circuit board through the conductive line of the middle circuit board. The first contact point p1 of the upper circuit board is respectively connected to the voltage source (such as Vdd) and the first port (GPIO1). The two contacts p2 are in electrical contact. The intermediate circuit board further has a third contact point p3, and the second contact point p2 is electrically connected to the third contact point p3. The fourth contact p4 of the lower circuit board is connected to the ground potential (such as ground), and can also be connected to the second port (GPIO2). In addition, the fourth contact p4 is in electrical contact with the third contact p3. A boost resistor is connected between the voltage source and the first port GPIO1. When the circuit between the upper circuit board and the middle circuit board is short-circuited (the first contact point p1 and the second contact point p2 are in electrical contact), and the circuit between the middle circuit board and the lower circuit board is When short-circuited (the third contact p3 and the fourth contact p4 are in electrical contact), the potential of the first port GPIO1 is a low potential or a ground potential.

请参考图23B,在接收到压力之后,机械斜面会往左推送,将对上层电路板与下层电路板的接触端造成形变。在形变之后,上层电路板与中间电路板的电路为开路(第一接点p1与第二接点p2没有电性接触),或中间电路板与下层电路板的电路为开路(第三接点p3与第四接点p4没有电性接触),则第一端口GPIO1的电位为电压源Vdd的电位。Please refer to FIG. 23B , after receiving the pressure, the mechanical slope will be pushed to the left, which will deform the contact end between the upper circuit board and the lower circuit board. After deformation, the circuit between the upper circuit board and the middle circuit board is open (the first contact p1 and the second contact p2 are not in electrical contact), or the circuit between the middle circuit board and the lower circuit board is open (the third contact p3 and the second contact The four contacts p4 are not in electrical contact), the potential of the first port GPIO1 is the potential of the voltage source Vdd.

当第一端口GPIO1的电位由低转高时,可以令睡眠模式下的发信器110被唤醒。如同先前所提的,上层电路板与下层电路板之外可以附有支撑元件,以便在机械斜面的力量消失后,让上层电路板与下层电路板恢复原状,第一端口的电位由高转低。前述的第一端口与第二端口可以是发信器110内的处理器的接脚。When the potential of the first port GPIO1 changes from low to high, the transmitter 110 in the sleep mode can be woken up. As mentioned before, the upper circuit board and the lower circuit board can be attached with supporting components, so that after the force of the mechanical slope disappears, the upper circuit board and the lower circuit board can be restored to their original state, and the potential of the first port will be changed from high to low. . The aforementioned first port and second port may be pins of a processor in the transmitter 110 .

请参考图24A与图24B所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的简单开关的结构示意图。图23A与图8B的实施例当中具有两个断口,无论是任何一个断口呈现开路,都可以让第一端口的电位由低转高。图24A与图24B的实施例,只具有一个断口,电路从中间电路板连接到地面电位。当上层电路板与中间电路板的电路为短路时,第一端口GPIO1的电位为低电位或地面电位。当上层电路板与中间电路板的电路为开路时,第一端口GPIO1的电位为电压源的电位。在图24A与图24B中,第二接点p2电性连接于第二端口GPIO2。Please refer to FIG. 24A and FIG. 24B , which are schematic structural diagrams of a simple switch according to an embodiment of the present invention. The embodiment in FIG. 23A and FIG. 8B has two breakouts, and no matter whether any breakout is open, the potential of the first port can be changed from low to high. The embodiment of Fig. 24A and Fig. 24B has only one breakout, and the circuit is connected from the intermediate circuit board to ground potential. When the circuits of the upper circuit board and the middle circuit board are short-circuited, the potential of the first port GPIO1 is low potential or ground potential. When the circuits of the upper circuit board and the middle circuit board are open, the potential of the first port GPIO1 is the potential of the voltage source. In FIG. 24A and FIG. 24B , the second point p2 is electrically connected to the second port GPIO2.

请参考图25,是本发明提供一种推断笔尖位置的示意图。在图上有两支发信器110,都包含有环状电极550与笔尖段230。左边的发信器110与触控面板120呈现垂直状态,其夹角接近或等于90度,右边的发信器110与触控面板120的夹角小于90度。而触控面板120的表面透明层具有厚度。一般来说,该表面透明层通常是强化玻璃,而显示层是位在透明层的下方。Please refer to FIG. 25 , which is a schematic diagram of inferring the position of the pen tip provided by the present invention. There are two transmitters 110 in the figure, both of which include the ring electrode 550 and the tip section 230 . The transmitter 110 on the left is perpendicular to the touch panel 120 , and its angle is close to or equal to 90 degrees, and the angle between the transmitter 110 on the right and the touch panel 120 is less than 90 degrees. The surface transparent layer of the touch panel 120 has a thickness. Generally, the surface transparent layer is usually strengthened glass, and the display layer is located below the transparent layer.

由于发信器110在R时段从环状电极550与/或笔尖段230发出电信号,因此触控处理装置130可以计算出信号的重心位置R_cg,相应于环状电极550与笔尖段230投影于触控面板120的中心位置。接着,在T0与T1时段,发信器110只通过笔尖段230发出电信号。触控处理装置130可以计算出信号的重心位置Tip_cg,相应于笔尖段230投影于触控面板120的中心位置。Since the transmitter 110 sends electrical signals from the ring electrode 550 and/or the tip section 230 during the R period, the touch processing device 130 can calculate the center of gravity position R_cg of the signal, corresponding to the projection of the ring electrode 550 and the tip section 230 on The center position of the touch panel 120 . Then, during the T0 and T1 periods, the transmitter 110 sends out electrical signals only through the tip section 230 . The touch processing device 130 can calculate the position Tip_cg of the center of gravity of the signal, which corresponds to the center position of the tip segment 230 projected on the touch panel 120 .

如图25左边的发信器110,当其垂直于触控面板120时,R_cg等于或非常接近Tip_cg。因此,可以推断其笔尖接触触控面板120的表面透明层的点,Tip_surface就等于上述的R_cg与Tip_cg。还可以推断笔尖投影于触控面板120的显示层的点,Tip_d i sp l ay即等于上述的R_cg、Tip_cg、与Tip_surface。As shown in the transmitter 110 on the left of FIG. 25 , when it is perpendicular to the touch panel 120 , R_cg is equal to or very close to Tip_cg. Therefore, it can be deduced that the tip of the pen touches the surface transparent layer of the touch panel 120 , and the Tip_surface is equal to the above-mentioned R_cg and Tip_cg. It can also be inferred that the point where the tip of the pen is projected on the display layer of the touch panel 120, Tip_display is equal to the above-mentioned R_cg, Tip_cg, and Tip_surface.

如图25右边的发信器110,由于与触控面板120夹了一个倾角,因此R_cg不等于Tip_cg。可以想见的是,当两者的距离越远,表示倾角越大。根据不同的发信器110设计,触控处理装置130可以根据上述的两个重心位置R_cg与Tip_cg,查表或计算出上述的倾角,或者推算出笔尖段230之尖端接触触控面板120的表面透明层与显示层的点Tip_surface与Tip_display。As shown in the transmitter 110 on the right side of FIG. 25 , R_cg is not equal to Tip_cg due to an inclination angle with the touch panel 120 . It is conceivable that when the distance between the two is farther, it means that the inclination angle is larger. According to different designs of the transmitter 110, the touch processing device 130 can look up a table or calculate the above-mentioned inclination angle according to the above-mentioned two center of gravity positions R_cg and Tip_cg, or calculate that the tip of the pen tip section 230 touches the surface of the touch panel 120 The points Tip_surface and Tip_display of the transparent layer and the display layer.

请参考图26所示,其是根据本发明一实施例的计算倾斜角的示意图。本实施例适用于图5所示的发信器110,其具有环状电极550。本实施例适用于图9E与图9F所示的信号调变模式,由图1所示的触控处理装置130执行本实施例所示的方法,还可以参酌图25的实施例。Please refer to FIG. 26 , which is a schematic diagram of calculating an inclination angle according to an embodiment of the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to the transmitter 110 shown in FIG. 5 , which has a ring electrode 550 . This embodiment is applicable to the signal modulation modes shown in FIG. 9E and FIG. 9F . The touch processing device 130 shown in FIG. 1 executes the method shown in this embodiment, and the embodiment in FIG. 25 can also be referred to.

在步骤2610当中,计算环状电极550与/或笔尖段230在触控面板120上的第一中心位置R_cg。在步骤2620当中,计算笔尖段230在触控面板120上的第二中心位置Tip_cg。本发明并不限定这两个步骤2610与2620所执行的先后顺序。接着,于可选的步骤2630当中,根据第一中心位置R_cg与第二中心位置Tip_cg,计算倾斜角。于可选的步骤2640当中,根据第一中心位置R_cg与第二中心位置Tip_cg,计算笔尖段230在触控面板120表面层的表面位置Tip_surface。于可选的步骤2650当中,根据第一中心位置R_cg与第二中心位置Tip_cg,计算笔尖段230在触控面板120显示层的显示位置Tip_display。本发明并不限定必须执行步骤2630至2650,但至少需要执行其中之一。本发明也不限定步骤2630至2650所执行的顺序。In step 2610 , calculate the first center position R_cg of the ring electrode 550 and/or the tip section 230 on the touch panel 120 . In step 2620 , calculate the second center position Tip_cg of the tip segment 230 on the touch panel 120 . The present invention does not limit the order in which the two steps 2610 and 2620 are performed. Next, in optional step 2630 , the inclination angle is calculated according to the first center position R_cg and the second center position Tip_cg. In optional step 2640 , according to the first central position R_cg and the second central position Tip_cg, the surface position Tip_surface of the tip segment 230 on the surface layer of the touch panel 120 is calculated. In optional step 2650 , the display position Tip_display of the tip segment 230 on the display layer of the touch panel 120 is calculated according to the first center position R_cg and the second center position Tip_cg. The present invention does not limit that steps 2630 to 2650 must be executed, but at least one of them must be executed. The present invention also does not limit the order in which steps 2630 to 2650 are performed.

请参考图27所示,其是为显示接口反应前述倾斜角与/或压力的笔触的实施例的示意图。图27包含五组横排的实施例(a)到(e),每一组包含三个倾斜角(inclination),最左边的直排表示主动笔没有倾斜角的情况,右边范例的第二倾斜角大于中间范例的第一倾斜角,其倾斜角的方向均朝向右边。这里所谓的笔触,通常是在绘图软件中,显示在画面的着色范围。Please refer to FIG. 27 , which is a schematic diagram showing an embodiment of the interface responding to the strokes of the aforementioned tilt angle and/or pressure. Figure 27 contains five sets of horizontal row embodiments (a) to (e), each group contains three inclination angles (inclination), the leftmost vertical row represents the situation of the active pen without inclination angle, the second inclination of the right example The angles are larger than the first inclination angle of the middle example, and the directions of the inclination angles are all toward the right. The so-called strokes here are usually displayed in the coloring range of the screen in the drawing software.

值得注意的是,在本实施例中,未必要使用图25与图26的环状电极来计算倾角与笔尖段230尖端接触触控面板120的表面透明层与显示层的点Tip_surface与Tip_display。在一实施例中,可以在笔上装置其他的传感器来量测倾角。比方说,以微机电制成的惯性量测单元(IMU,inertial measurement unit)、陀螺仪(gyroscope)、加速度计(accelerometer)等,对倾角进行量测后,通过各种有线或无线的传输方式将倾角与/或倾角所衍生出的各式数据传送到触控面板所属的计算器系统,以利该计算器系统实作图10所示的各个实施例。上述的有线或无线的传输方式,可以是工业标准或是自定义的标准,比方为蓝牙无线通讯协议或Wireless USB等。It is worth noting that in this embodiment, it is not necessary to use the annular electrodes shown in FIG. 25 and FIG. 26 to calculate the inclination angle and the points Tip_surface and Tip_display where the tip of the tip section 230 touches the surface transparent layer and the display layer of the touch panel 120 . In one embodiment, other sensors can be installed on the pen to measure the tilt angle. For example, the inertial measurement unit (IMU, inertial measurement unit), gyroscope, accelerometer, etc. made of micro-electromechanical systems measure the inclination angle and transmit it through various wired or wireless methods. The inclination and/or various data derived from the inclination are transmitted to the computer system of the touch panel, so that the computer system implements various embodiments shown in FIG. 10 . The above-mentioned wired or wireless transmission method can be an industrial standard or a self-defined standard, such as Bluetooth wireless communication protocol or Wireless USB.

在此假定图27内,各个实施例的主动笔均用相同的压力接触触控面板。在某个实施例中,每个横线与直线的交会点,代表着上述笔尖段实际接触触控面板的表面透明层的点Tip_surface。在另外的实施例中,每个横线与直线的交会点,代表着笔尖信号的重心位置Tip_cg。当然,于其他实施例中,也可以表示上述笔尖投影于触控面板之显示层的点Tip_display。为了方便起见,可以统称为笔尖代表点Tip,此笔尖代表点可以是上述的Tip_display、Tip_surface或Tip_cg。It is assumed here that in FIG. 27 , the active pens of each embodiment touch the touch panel with the same pressure. In a certain embodiment, the intersection point of each horizontal line and the straight line represents the point Tip_surface at which the tip segment actually touches the surface transparent layer of the touch panel. In another embodiment, the intersection point of each horizontal line and the straight line represents the position Tip_cg of the center of gravity of the pen tip signal. Of course, in other embodiments, it may also represent the point Tip_display where the pen tip is projected on the display layer of the touch panel. For the sake of convenience, it can be collectively referred to as the tip representative point Tip, and the tip representative point can be the above-mentioned Tip_display, Tip_surface or Tip_cg.

在实施例(a)当中,当倾斜角增加时,笔触的形状会从圆形变成椭圆形。换言之,椭圆形的双焦点之间的距离与倾角相关。倾角越大,则椭圆形的双焦点之间的距离越大。而椭圆形的中心点即为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。In embodiment (a), the shape of the stroke changes from a circle to an ellipse as the inclination angle increases. In other words, the distance between the bifocals of the ellipse is related to the inclination. The greater the inclination, the greater the distance between the bifoci of the ellipse. And the central point of the ellipse is the above-mentioned representative point Tip of the pen tip.

实施例(b)与实施例(a)的不同之处在于,椭圆形双焦点的中心延伸线与椭圆形线的交会点,为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。实施例(c)与实施例(a)的不同之处在于,椭圆形双焦点的其中一个焦点,为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。实施例(d)及(e)与实施例(a)的不同之处在于,笔触的形状从椭圆形改为泪滴型。实施例(d)的泪滴型尖端,为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。实施例(e)的泪滴型尖端朝向尾端的某处,为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。The difference between the embodiment (b) and the embodiment (a) is that the intersection point of the central extension line of the elliptical bifocal point and the elliptical line is the above-mentioned representative point Tip of the pen tip. The difference between the embodiment (c) and the embodiment (a) is that one of the focal points of the elliptical bifocal point is the above-mentioned representative point Tip of the pen tip. Embodiments (d) and (e) differ from embodiment (a) in that the shape of the strokes is changed from oval to teardrop. The teardrop-shaped tip of the embodiment (d) is the representative point Tip of the above-mentioned pen tip. In the embodiment (e), the tip of the teardrop shape is somewhere toward the tail end, which is the above-mentioned representative point Tip of the pen tip.

尽管在图27当中,举出了两种形状与所表示的不同点,但本申请并不限定笔触的形状与其表示的点的种类。除此之外,在一实施例中,笔尖的压力可以控制上述形状的大小,比方说压力大小与圆形的半径相关,或是与椭圆形之双焦点的距离相关。总而言之,人机接口可以根据主动笔的笔尖压力值与/或倾角来变换显示的内容。Although in FIG. 27 , two shapes and different points represented are cited, the present application does not limit the shape of the strokes and the type of points represented. In addition, in an embodiment, the pressure of the pen tip can control the size of the above-mentioned shape, for example, the pressure is related to the radius of the circle, or the distance between the bifoci of the ellipse. In a word, the man-machine interface can change the displayed content according to the pen tip pressure value and/or inclination angle of the active pen.

除了更动笔触的形状之外,上述的笔尖压力值与/或倾斜角值也可以表示不同的命令。比方说,在三维设计软件当中,可以通过倾斜角来调整光源的色温,或是光源的强度,抑或是光源的照射广度。又或者是当笔尖选择某一对象之后,通过倾斜角的方向,可以调整对象的指向,还可以根据倾斜角的角度,调整对象的旋转方向。In addition to changing the shape of the stroke, the above-mentioned pen tip pressure value and/or tilt angle value can also represent different commands. For example, in the 3D design software, the color temperature of the light source, or the intensity of the light source, or the irradiation width of the light source can be adjusted through the tilt angle. Or when the pen tip selects an object, the direction of the object can be adjusted through the direction of the tilt angle, and the rotation direction of the object can also be adjusted according to the angle of the tilt angle.

值得注意的是,本发明并不限定倾斜角与其相关的值的关系为线性的。在某些实施例中,倾斜角与其相关值的关系可以是非线性的,可以利用查表对照,或是以二次函数进行对照。It should be noted that the present invention does not limit the relationship between the tilt angle and its related value to be linear. In some embodiments, the relationship between the inclination angle and its relative value may be non-linear, and may be compared using a look-up table or a quadratic function.

请参考图28所示,其是在显示接口反应前述倾角与/或压力的笔触的另一实施例的示意图。图28包含两个实施例(a)与(b),每个实施例包含左右两个笔触(stroke)。左边的笔触的倾斜角为零,包含五个由小到大的圆形C1至C5,其圆形的大小是根据笔尖的压力值而定。右边的笔触带有某一固定的倾斜角,包含五个由小到大的椭圆形E1至E5,其椭圆形的大小也是根据笔尖的压力值而定,且相同于C1至C5的压力值。除此之外,根据其倾斜角的方向,这些椭圆形E1至E5的轴心方向都是倾斜30度的,而且倾斜角的方向(inclination direction)与笔触中心的方向(stroke direction)是不同的。在此图当中,两者夹了15度角。Please refer to FIG. 28 , which is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of reflecting the above-mentioned inclination and/or pressure strokes on the display interface. Fig. 28 includes two embodiments (a) and (b), each embodiment includes left and right strokes. The stroke on the left has an inclination angle of zero and contains five small to large circles C1 to C5. The size of the circles is determined according to the pressure value of the pen tip. The stroke on the right has a fixed inclination angle, and consists of five ellipses E1 to E5 ranging from small to large. The size of the ellipses is also determined according to the pressure value of the pen tip, and is the same as the pressure value of C1 to C5. In addition, according to the directions of their inclination angles, the axis directions of these ovals E1 to E5 are all inclined by 30 degrees, and the direction of the inclination angle (inclination direction) is different from the direction of the stroke center (stroke direction) . In this picture, there is a 15-degree angle between the two.

图28的(a)实施例相应于图27的(a)实施例,意即椭圆形的中心点相应于上述的笔尖代表点Tip。同样地,图28的(b)实施例相应于图27的(b)实施例,椭圆形双焦点的中心延伸线与椭圆形线的交会点,为上述的笔尖代表点Tip。由图28的两个实施例中可以见到,在同样的压力变化之下,由于倾斜角的不同,而会导致笔触整体形状的不同。藉此,可以利用压力值与倾斜角来表现某些软性弹性笔尖的笔触,比方说毛笔(brush pen)或鹅毛笔(quill pen)等。The embodiment (a) of FIG. 28 corresponds to the embodiment (a) of FIG. 27 , that is, the central point of the ellipse corresponds to the above-mentioned tip representative point Tip. Similarly, the embodiment (b) of FIG. 28 corresponds to the embodiment (b) of FIG. 27 , and the intersection point of the central extension line of the elliptical bifocal point and the elliptical line is the above-mentioned representative point Tip. It can be seen from the two embodiments in FIG. 28 that under the same pressure change, the overall shape of the strokes will be different due to the difference in the inclination angle. In this way, the pressure value and inclination angle can be used to express the strokes of some soft and elastic nibs, such as brush pens or quill pens.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器。该发信器包含:第一元件,用于接收具有第一频率群组的信号,其中该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据受力而变化;第二元件,用于接收具有第二频率群组的信号,该第二元件具有第二阻抗值;以及笔尖段,用于接收该第一元件与该第二元件的输入,并且发出电信号,其中该笔尖段用于接收该受力。One of the features of the present invention is to provide a transmitter. The transmitter includes: a first element for receiving a signal with a first frequency group, wherein the first impedance value of the first element changes according to a force; a second element for receiving a signal with a second frequency group A set of signals, the second element has a second impedance value; and a nib section, used to receive the input of the first element and the second element, and send out an electrical signal, wherein the nib section is used to receive the force.

在一实施例中,该第二阻抗值不根据该受力而变化。在另一实施例中,该第二阻抗值也根据该受力而变化。In one embodiment, the second impedance value does not change according to the force. In another embodiment, the second impedance value also changes according to the force.

在一实施例中,上述的发信器可以更包含第三开关与该第三开关串联的第三元件,其中该第一元件与该第三开关及该第三元件并联。上述的发信器可以更包含第四开关与该第四开关串联的第四元件,其中该第一元件与该第四开关及该第四元件并联。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned transmitter may further include a third switch connected in series with the third element, wherein the first element is connected in parallel with the third switch and the third element. The above transmitter may further include a fourth switch connected in series with the fourth element, wherein the first element is connected in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth element.

在另一实施例中,上述的发信器可以更包含第三开关与该第三开关串联的第三元件,其中该第二元件与该第三开关及该第三元件并联。上述的发信器可以更包含第四开关与该第四开关串联的第四元件,其中该第二元件与该第四开关及该第四元件并联。In another embodiment, the above-mentioned transmitter may further include a third switch and a third element connected in series with the third switch, wherein the second element is connected in parallel with the third switch and the third element. The above transmitter may further include a fourth switch connected in series with the fourth element, wherein the second element is connected in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth element.

在一实施例中,上述的第一频率群组包含一个或多个第一频率,该第二频率群组包含一个或多个第二频率,该第一频率不同于该第二频率。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned first frequency group includes one or more first frequencies, the second frequency group includes one or more second frequencies, and the first frequencies are different from the second frequencies.

在一实施例中,于该受力为零的情况下,该第一阻抗值等于该第二阻抗值。在一实施例中,当该受力为零的情况下,该笔尖段并未接触到任何物体。In one embodiment, when the force is zero, the first impedance value is equal to the second impedance value. In one embodiment, when the force is zero, the tip section does not touch any object.

在一实施例中,该电信号中第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1与该第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2的比例值相关于该受力。其中,该比例值可以是下列其中之一:M1/M2、M2/M1、M1/(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)。In an embodiment, the ratio of the first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group to the second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group in the electrical signal is related to the force. Wherein, the ratio value can be one of the following: M1/M2, M2/M1, M1/(M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2), (M1-M2)/(M1+M2), or ( M2-M1)/(M1+M2).

在一实施例中,当该比例值等于或落入第一范围值时,该受力为零。当该比例值等于或落入第二范围值时,该第三开关为闭路,该第一元件与该第三元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第三范围值时,该第四开关为闭路,该第一元件与该第四元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第四范围值时,该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路,该第一元件与该第三元件及第四开关为并联。在另一实施例中,当该比例值等于或落入第五范围值时,该第三开关为闭路,该第二元件与该第三元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第六范围值时,该第四开关为闭路,该第二元件与该第四元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第七范围值时,该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路,该第二元件与该第三元件及第四元件为并联。In one embodiment, when the ratio is equal to or falls within the first range, the force is zero. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the second range, the third switch is closed, and the first element and the third element are connected in parallel. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the third range, the fourth switch is closed, and the first element and the fourth element are connected in parallel. When the proportional value is equal to or falls within the fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are in closed circuit, and the first element, the third element and the fourth switch are connected in parallel. In another embodiment, when the ratio is equal to or falls within a fifth range, the third switch is closed, and the second element is connected in parallel with the third element. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the sixth range, the fourth switch is closed, and the second element and the fourth element are connected in parallel. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the seventh range, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the second element is connected in parallel with the third element and the fourth element.

在一实施例中,该第一元件为力感应电容器,该第二元件为电容器。In one embodiment, the first element is a force sensing capacitor, and the second element is a capacitor.

在一实施例中,上述的发信器可以更包含环绕该笔尖段的环状电极,该环状电极并不与该笔尖段电性耦合。在一实施例中,上述的环状电极可以包含一个或多个分离的电极。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned transmitter may further include a ring-shaped electrode surrounding the tip section, and the ring-shaped electrode is not electrically coupled with the tip section. In an embodiment, the aforementioned ring-shaped electrode may include one or more separate electrodes.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种控制发信器的发信方法,该发信器包含第一元件、第二元件与笔尖段,其中该笔尖段用于接收该第一元件与该第二元件的输入,该发信方法包含:令该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据该笔尖段所接收的受力而变化;提供第一频率群组的信号至该第一元件;提供第二频率群组的信号至该第二元件;以及令该笔尖段发出电信号。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a transmitter. The transmitter includes a first element, a second element, and a nib section, wherein the nib section is used to receive the first element and the second element. For the input of two components, the signaling method includes: making the first impedance value of the first component change according to the force received by the pen tip segment; providing a signal of the first frequency group to the first component; providing a second The signal of the frequency group is sent to the second element; and the pen tip segment sends out an electric signal.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种用于判断发信器所接收的受力的判断方法,包含:接收该发信器所发出的电信号;计算该电信号当中第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1;计算该电信号当中第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2;以及根据该第一信号强度M1与该第二信号强度M2的比例值,计算该受力。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a judging method for judging the force received by the transmitter, including: receiving the electrical signal sent by the transmitter; calculating the frequency of the first frequency group in the electrical signal a first signal strength M1; calculating a second signal strength M2 of a second frequency group in the electrical signal; and calculating the force according to a ratio of the first signal strength M1 to the second signal strength M2.

在一实施例中,上述计算该受力的步骤可以包含下列其中之一:查表法、直线内插法或二次曲线法。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned step of calculating the force may include one of the following: look-up table method, linear interpolation method or quadratic curve method.

在一实施例中,更包含根据该比例值,判断该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中,更包含根据该比例值,判断该第四开关的状态。In one embodiment, the method further includes judging the state of the third switch according to the proportional value. In another embodiment, the method further includes determining the state of the fourth switch according to the proportional value.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种用于判断发信器所接收的受力的触控处理装置,包含:接口,用于连接至触控面板上的多个第一电极与多个第二电极,其中该多个第一电极与该多个第二电极形成多个感测点;至少一个解调变器,用于计算该多个感测点其中之一所接收到的电信号当中,第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1与第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2;以及计算单元,用于根据该第一信号强度M1与该第二信号强度M2的比例值,计算该受力。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for judging the force received by the transmitter, including: an interface for connecting to a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes on the touch panel Two electrodes, wherein the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes form a plurality of sensing points; at least one demodulator is used to calculate electrical signals received by one of the plurality of sensing points , the first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group and the second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group; and the calculation unit is used to calculate according to the ratio of the first signal strength M1 to the second signal strength M2 It should be stressed.

在一实施例中,该计算单元更根据该比例值,判断该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中,该计算单元更根据该比例值,判断该第四开关的状态。In one embodiment, the calculation unit further determines the state of the third switch according to the proportional value. In another embodiment, the calculation unit further determines the state of the fourth switch according to the proportional value.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种用于判断发信器所接收的受力的触控系统,包含:发信器、触控面板以及触控处理装置,其中该发信器更包含第一元件,用于接收具有第一频率群组的信号,其中该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据受力而变化;第二元件,用于接收具有第二频率群组的信号,其中该第二元件具有第二阻抗值;以及笔尖段,用于接收该第一元件与该第二元件的输入,并且发出电信号,其中该笔尖段用于接收该受力,该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极,其中该多个第一电极与该多个第二电极形成多个感测点,该触控处理装置更包含:接口用于连接至该触控面板上的该多个第一电极与该多个第二电极,至少一个解调变器,用于计算该多个感测点其中之一所接收到的电信号当中,第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1与第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2;以及计算单元,用于根据该第一信号强度M1与该第二信号强度M2的比例值,计算该受力。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch control system for judging the force received by the transmitter, including: a transmitter, a touch panel and a touch processing device, wherein the transmitter further includes a first A component is used to receive a signal with a first frequency group, wherein the first impedance value of the first component changes according to a force; a second component is used to receive a signal with a second frequency group, wherein the first The second element has a second impedance value; and the tip section is used to receive the input of the first element and the second element and send out an electrical signal, wherein the tip section is used to receive the force, and the touch panel includes a plurality of The first electrode and the plurality of second electrodes, wherein the plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes form a plurality of sensing points, the touch processing device further includes: an interface for connecting to the touch panel The plurality of first electrodes and the plurality of second electrodes, and at least one demodulator, are used to calculate the first signal of the first frequency group among the electrical signals received by one of the plurality of sensing points. The intensity M1 and the second signal intensity M2 of the second frequency group; and a calculation unit, configured to calculate the force according to the ratio of the first signal intensity M1 to the second signal intensity M2.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器,包含:第一元件,用于接收信号源,其中该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据受力而变化;第二元件,用于接收该信号源,其中该第二元件具有第二阻抗值;笔尖段,用于接收该受力;控制单元,用于分别计算该第一元件与该第二元件所传回的第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2,并且根据该第一电流值I1与一第二电流值I2的比例值,计算该受力;以及通讯单元,用于将该受力值传送出去。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, including: a first element, used to receive a signal source, wherein the first impedance value of the first element changes according to the force; a second element, used to receive The signal source, wherein the second element has a second impedance value; the tip section is used to receive the force; the control unit is used to calculate the first current value I1 returned by the first element and the second element respectively and a second current value I2, and calculate the force according to the ratio of the first current value I1 to a second current value I2; and a communication unit, configured to transmit the force value.

在一实施例中,该第二阻抗值不根据该受力而变化。在另一实施例中,该第二阻抗值也根据该受力而变化。In one embodiment, the second impedance value does not change according to the force. In another embodiment, the second impedance value also changes according to the force.

在一实施例中,该通讯单元更包含无线通讯单元,用于将该受力值传送出去。在另一实施例中,该通讯单元更包含有线通讯单元,用于将该受力值传送出去。In one embodiment, the communication unit further includes a wireless communication unit for transmitting the stress value. In another embodiment, the communication unit further includes a wired communication unit for transmitting the force value.

在一实施例中,该信号源是该有线通讯单元。在一实施例中,该信号源是该笔尖段所接收的信号。In one embodiment, the signal source is the wired communication unit. In one embodiment, the signal source is a signal received by the nib segment.

在一实施例中,该第一电流值I1与该第二电流值I2的该比例值相关于该受力。其中,该比例值可以是下列其中之一:I1/I2、I2/I1、I1(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)。In an embodiment, the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2 is related to the force. Wherein, the ratio value can be one of the following: I1/I2, I2/I1, I1(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), (I1-I2)/(I1+I2) or (I2- I1)/(I1+I2).

在一实施例中,于该受力为零的情况下,该第一阻抗值等于该第二阻抗值。In one embodiment, when the force is zero, the first impedance value is equal to the second impedance value.

在一实施例中,上述的发信器可以更包含第三开关与该第三开关串联的第三元件,其中该第一元件与该第三开关及该第三元件并联。上述的发信器可以更包含第四开关与该第四开关串联的第四元件,其中该第一元件与该第四开关及该第四元件并联。在一实施例中,当该比例值等于或落入第一范围值时,该受力为零。当该比例值等于或落入第二范围值时,该第三开关为闭路,该第一元件与该第三元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第三范围值时,该第四开关为闭路,该第一元件与该第四元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第四范围值时,该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路,该第一元件与该第三元件及第四开关为并联。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned transmitter may further include a third switch connected in series with the third element, wherein the first element is connected in parallel with the third switch and the third element. The above transmitter may further include a fourth switch connected in series with the fourth element, wherein the first element is connected in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth element. In one embodiment, when the ratio is equal to or falls within the first range, the force is zero. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the second range, the third switch is closed, and the first element and the third element are connected in parallel. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the third range, the fourth switch is closed, and the first element and the fourth element are connected in parallel. When the proportional value is equal to or falls within the fourth range value, the third switch and the fourth switch are in closed circuit, and the first element, the third element and the fourth switch are connected in parallel.

在另一实施例中,上述的发信器可以更包含第三开关与该第三开关串联的第三元件,其中该第二元件与该第三开关及该第三元件并联。上述的发信器可以更包含第四开关与该第四开关串联的第四元件,其中该第二元件与该第四开关及该第四元件并联。当该比例值等于或落入第五范围值时,该第三开关为闭路,该第二元件与该第三元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第六范围值时,该第四开关为闭路,该第二元件与该第四元件为并联。当该比例值等于或落入第七范围值时,该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路,该第二元件与该第三元件及第四开关为并联。In another embodiment, the above-mentioned transmitter may further include a third switch and a third element connected in series with the third switch, wherein the second element is connected in parallel with the third switch and the third element. The above transmitter may further include a fourth switch connected in series with the fourth element, wherein the second element is connected in parallel with the fourth switch and the fourth element. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the fifth range, the third switch is closed, and the second element and the third element are connected in parallel. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the sixth range, the fourth switch is closed, and the second element and the fourth element are connected in parallel. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the seventh range, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed, and the second element is connected in parallel with the third element and the fourth switch.

在一实施例中,该控制单元更根据该比例值,判断该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中,该控制单元更根据该比例值,判断该第四开关的状态。In one embodiment, the control unit further determines the state of the third switch according to the proportional value. In another embodiment, the control unit further judges the state of the fourth switch according to the proportional value.

在一实施例中,该通讯单元更用于将该第三开关的状态传送出去。在另一实施例中,该通讯单元更用于将该第四开关的状态传送出去。In an embodiment, the communication unit is further configured to transmit the state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the communication unit is further configured to transmit the state of the fourth switch.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种控制发信器的发信方法,该发信器包含第一元件、第二元件与笔尖段,该发信方法包含:令该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据该笔尖段所接收的受力而变化;提供信号源至该第一元件与该第二元件;分别计算该第一元件与该第二元件所传回的第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2;根据该第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2的比例值,计算该受力;以及将该受力值传送出去。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a signaling method for controlling a transmitter. The transmitter includes a first component, a second component, and a pen tip section. The signaling method includes: making the first component of the first component The impedance value changes according to the force received by the pen tip segment; provide signal sources to the first element and the second element; calculate the first current value I1 and the second current value returned by the first element and the second element respectively second current value I2; calculate the force according to the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2; and transmit the force value.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种用于判断发信器所接收的受力的触控系统,包含:发信器;以及主机,其中该发信器更包含:第一元件,用于接收信号源,其中该第一元件的第一阻抗值根据受力而变化;第二元件,用于接收该信号源,其中该第二元件具有第二阻抗值;笔尖段,用于接收该受力;控制单元,用于分别计算该第一元件与该第二元件所传回的第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2,并且根据该第一电流值I1与第二电流值I2的比例值,计算该受力;以及通讯单元,用于将该受力值传送至该主机,该主机更包含主机通讯单元接收该受力值。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch control system for judging the force received by the transmitter, including: a transmitter; and a host, wherein the transmitter further includes: a first component for The signal source is received, wherein the first impedance value of the first element changes according to the force; the second element is used to receive the signal source, wherein the second element has a second impedance value; the tip section is used to receive the affected Force; a control unit for calculating the first current value I1 and the second current value I2 returned by the first element and the second element respectively, and according to the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2 value, to calculate the force; and a communication unit, used to transmit the force value to the host, and the host further includes a host communication unit to receive the force value.

在一实施例中,该触控系统更包含触控面板与触控处理装置,其中该触控处理装置用于连接该触控面板,用于侦测该发信器与该触控面板的相对位置,并且将该相对位置传送至该主机。In one embodiment, the touch control system further includes a touch panel and a touch processing device, wherein the touch processing device is used to connect to the touch panel for detecting the relative relationship between the transmitter and the touch panel location, and communicate the relative location to the host.

在一实施例中,该控制单元更根据该比例值,判断该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中,该控制单元更根据该比例值,判断该第四开关的状态。在一实施例中,该通讯单元,用于将该第三开关的状态传送出去。在另一实施例中,该通讯单元更用于将该第四开关的状态传送出去。在一实施例中,该主机通讯单元用于接收该第三开关的状态。在另一实施例中,该主机通讯单元用于接收该第四开关的状态。In one embodiment, the control unit further determines the state of the third switch according to the proportional value. In another embodiment, the control unit further judges the state of the fourth switch according to the proportional value. In an embodiment, the communication unit is configured to transmit the state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the communication unit is further configured to transmit the state of the fourth switch. In one embodiment, the host communication unit is used for receiving the state of the third switch. In another embodiment, the host communication unit is used for receiving the state of the fourth switch.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:第一输入端,用于接收具有第一频率群组的信号;第二输入端,用于接收具有第二频率群组的信号;以及输出端,用于发出电信号,其中该电信号中第一频率群组的第一信号强度M1与该第二频率群组的第二信号强度M2的比例值相关于受力。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first input terminal for receiving a signal with a first frequency group; a second input terminal for receiving a signal with a second frequency group; and an output terminal for sending out an electric signal, wherein the ratio of the first signal strength M1 of the first frequency group to the second signal strength M2 of the second frequency group in the electric signal is related to the force.

在一实施例中,该比例值可以是下列其中之一:M1/M2、M2/M1、M1/(M1+M2)、M2/(M1+M2)、(M1-M2)/(M1+M2)、或(M2-M1)/(M1+M2)。In an embodiment, the ratio value may be one of the following: M1/M2, M2/M1, M1/(M1+M2), M2/(M1+M2), (M1-M2)/(M1+M2 ), or (M2-M1)/(M1+M2).

在一实施例中,该力传感器更包含第三开关。在一实施例中,当该比例值等于或落入第一范围值时,该受力为零。当该比例值等于或落入第二范围值时,该第三开关为闭路。In one embodiment, the force sensor further includes a third switch. In one embodiment, when the ratio is equal to or falls within the first range, the force is zero. When the proportional value is equal to or falls within the second range value, the third switch is closed.

在另一实施例中,该力传感器更包含第四开关。当该比例值等于或落入第三范围值时,该第四开关为闭路。当该比例值等于或落入第四范围值时,该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路。In another embodiment, the force sensor further includes a fourth switch. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the third range, the fourth switch is closed. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the fourth range, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:输入端,用于接收信号源;第一输出端,用于输出具有第一电流值I1的信号;以及第二输出端,用于输出具有第二电流值I2的信号,其中该第一电流值I1与该第二电流值I2的比例值相关于受力。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: an input end for receiving a signal source; a first output end for outputting a signal having a first current value I1; and a second output end for A signal with a second current value I2 is output, wherein the ratio of the first current value I1 to the second current value I2 is related to the force.

在一实施例中,该比例值可以是下列其中之一:I1/I2、I2/I1、I1(I1+I2)、I2/(I1+I2)、(I1-I2)/(I1+I2)或(I2-I1)/(I1+I2)。In one embodiment, the ratio can be one of the following: I1/I2, I2/I1, I1(I1+I2), I2/(I1+I2), (I1-I2)/(I1+I2) Or (I2-I1)/(I1+I2).

在一实施例中,该力传感器更包含第三开关。在一实施例中,当该比例值等于或落入第一范围值时,该受力为零。当该比例值等于或落入第二范围值时,该第三开关为闭路。In one embodiment, the force sensor further includes a third switch. In one embodiment, when the ratio is equal to or falls within the first range, the force is zero. When the proportional value is equal to or falls within the second range value, the third switch is closed.

在另一实施例中,该力传感器更包含第四开关。当该比例值等于或落入第三范围值时,该第四开关为闭路。当该比例值等于或落入第四范围值时,该第三开关与该第四开关为闭路。In another embodiment, the force sensor further includes a fourth switch. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the third range, the fourth switch is closed. When the ratio is equal to or falls within the fourth range, the third switch and the fourth switch are closed.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:第一电路板,包含第一金属板,用于接收第一频率群组的信号;第二电路板,与该第一电路板平行,包含互不接触的第二金属板与第三金属板,该第三金属板用于接收第二频率群组的信号,该第二金属板用于输出电信号,其中该第二金属板位于该第一金属板与该第三金属板之间;以及斜面机构,用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, including a first metal plate, for receiving signals of a first frequency group; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board , including a second metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, the third metal plate is used to receive signals of the second frequency group, and the second metal plate is used to output electrical signals, wherein the second metal plate is located at between the first metal plate and the third metal plate; and a slope mechanism used to bend the first circuit board upwards of the first circuit board.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:第一电路板,包含第一金属板,用于输出具有第一电流值的信号;第二电路板,与该第一电路板平行,包含互不接触的第二金属板与第三金属板,该第三金属板用于输出具有第二电流值的信号,该第二金属板用于输入信号源,其中该第二金属板位于该第一金属板与该第三金属板之间;以及斜面机构,用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, including: a first circuit board, including a first metal plate, for outputting a signal with a first current value; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board , including a second metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, the third metal plate is used to output a signal with a second current value, and the second metal plate is used to input a signal source, wherein the second metal plate is located at between the first metal plate and the third metal plate; and a slope mechanism, used for bending the first circuit board upwards of the first circuit board.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板的部分位于该第一电路板被弯折的地方。In one embodiment, a portion of the first metal plate is located where the first circuit board is bent.

在一实施例中,该力传感器更包含支撑元件,用于支撑该第一电路板。In one embodiment, the force sensor further includes a supporting element for supporting the first circuit board.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板、该第二金属板、该第三金属板相互平行。在另一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the first metal plate, the second metal plate, and the third metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容,该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容。在另一实施例中,在该第一电路板未被弯折的情况下,该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first circuit board is not bent, the first capacitor and the second capacitor have the same impedance value.

在一实施例中,该第一电路板与该第二电路板均为印刷电路板。In one embodiment, both the first circuit board and the second circuit board are printed circuit boards.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:第一电路板,包含第一金属板与互不接触的第三金属板,分别用于接收第一频率群组的信号与第二频率群组的信号;第二电路板,与该第一电路板平行,包含用于输出电信号的第二金属板;以及斜面机构,用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, including: a first circuit board, including a first metal plate and a third metal plate not in contact with each other, respectively used to receive the signal of the first frequency group and the second The signal of the frequency group; the second circuit board, which is parallel to the first circuit board, includes a second metal plate for outputting electrical signals; and a slope mechanism, used to bend the first circuit board to the top of the first circuit board circuit board.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:第一电路板,包含第一金属板与互不接触的第三金属板,分别用于输出具有第一电流值与第二电流值的信号;第二电路板,与该第一电路板平行,包含用于输入信号源的第二金属板;以及斜面机构,用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, including: a first circuit board, including a first metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, and are respectively used to output currents with a first current value and a second current value The second circuit board is parallel to the first circuit board and includes a second metal plate for inputting a signal source; and a bevel mechanism is used to bend the first circuit board to the upper side of the first circuit board.

在一实施例中,该力传感器更包含支撑元件,用于支撑该第一电路板。In one embodiment, the force sensor further includes a supporting element for supporting the first circuit board.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板互相平行,该第二金属板与该第三金属板相互平行。在另一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate are parallel to each other, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容,该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容。在另一实施例中,在该第一电路板未被弯折的情况下,该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first circuit board is not bent, the first capacitor and the second capacitor have the same impedance value.

在一实施例中,该第一电路板与该第二电路板均为印刷电路板。In one embodiment, both the first circuit board and the second circuit board are printed circuit boards.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:第一电路板,包含互不接触的第一金属板与第三金属板,分别用于接收第一频率群组的信号与第二频率群组的信号;第二电路板,与该第一电路板平行,包含用于输出电信号的第二金属板;第三电路板,与该第二电路板平行,包含第四金属板与互不接触的第五金属板,分别用于接收该第一频率群组的信号与该第二频率群组的信号;以及斜面机构,用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板,以及向该第三电路板的下方弯折该第三电路板。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, including: a first circuit board, including a first metal plate and a third metal plate that are not in contact with each other, and are used to receive the signals of the first frequency group and the second The signal of the frequency group; the second circuit board, which is parallel to the first circuit board, includes a second metal plate for outputting electrical signals; the third circuit board, which is parallel to the second circuit board, includes a fourth metal plate and The fifth metal plate not in contact with each other is used to receive the signal of the first frequency group and the signal of the second frequency group respectively; and the slope mechanism is used to bend the first circuit board to the top of the first circuit board the circuit board, and bend the third circuit board to the bottom of the third circuit board.

在一实施例中,该力传感器更包含第一支撑元件,用于支撑该第一电路板。在另一实施例中,该力传感器更包含第二支撑元件,用于支撑该第三电路板。In one embodiment, the force sensor further includes a first supporting element for supporting the first circuit board. In another embodiment, the force sensor further includes a second supporting element for supporting the third circuit board.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板互相平行,该第二金属板与该第三金属板相互平行,该第四金属板与该第二金属板互相平行,该第二金属板与该第五金属板互相平行。在另一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离,该第四金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第五金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate are parallel to each other, the second metal plate and the third metal plate are parallel to each other, the fourth metal plate and the second metal plate are parallel to each other, and the first metal plate is parallel to the second metal plate. The second metal plate and the fifth metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate, and the distance between the fourth metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the second metal plate. The distance between the second metal plate and the fifth metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板位于该第四金属板的上方。在另一实施例中,该第三金属板的位置位于该第五金属板的上方。In one embodiment, the first metal plate is located above the fourth metal plate. In another embodiment, the third metal plate is located above the fifth metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板的面积等于该第四金属板的面积。在另一实施例中,该第三金属板的面积等于该第五金属板的面积。In one embodiment, the area of the first metal plate is equal to the area of the fourth metal plate. In another embodiment, the area of the third metal plate is equal to the area of the fifth metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容,该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容,该第四金属板与该第二金属板形成第三电容,该第二金属板与第五金属板形成第四电容。在另一实施例中,在该第一电路板未被弯折的情况下,该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。在另一实施例中,在该第三电路板未被弯折的情况下,该第三电容与该第四电容的阻抗值相同。在更一实施例当中,该第一电容与该第三电容的阻抗值相同,该第二电容与该第四电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor, and the fourth metal plate and the second metal plate form a capacitor. The third capacitor, the second metal plate and the fifth metal plate form a fourth capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first circuit board is not bent, the first capacitor and the second capacitor have the same impedance value. In another embodiment, when the third circuit board is not bent, the third capacitor and the fourth capacitor have the same impedance value. In yet another embodiment, the impedance of the first capacitor and the third capacitor are the same, and the impedance of the second capacitor and the fourth capacitor are the same.

在一实施例中,该第一电路板、该第二电路板与该第三电路板均为印刷电路板。In one embodiment, the first circuit board, the second circuit board and the third circuit board are all printed circuit boards.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:第一电路板,包含第一金属板,用于接收第一频率群组的信号;第二电路板,与该第一电路板平行,包含互不接触且依序平行排列的第二金属板、第三金属板、第四金属板与第五金属板,该第三金属板与该第四金属板用于接收第二频率群组的信号,该第二金属板与该第五金属板互相电性耦合,且用于输出电信号;第三电路板,包含第六金属板,用于接收该第一频率群组的信号,其中该第二电路板夹在该第一电路板与该第三电路板之间;以及斜面机构,用于向该第一电路板的上方弯折该第一电路板,以及向该第三电路板的下方弯折该第三电路板。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first circuit board, including a first metal plate, for receiving signals of a first frequency group; a second circuit board, parallel to the first circuit board , including a second metal plate, a third metal plate, a fourth metal plate and a fifth metal plate that are not in contact with each other and arranged in parallel in sequence, the third metal plate and the fourth metal plate are used to receive the second frequency group signal, the second metal plate and the fifth metal plate are electrically coupled to each other, and are used to output electrical signals; the third circuit board, including a sixth metal plate, is used to receive signals of the first frequency group, wherein the second circuit board is sandwiched between the first circuit board and the third circuit board; Bend the third circuit board below.

在一实施例中,该力传感器更包含第一支撑元件,用于支撑该第一电路板。在另一实施例中,该力传感器更包含第二支撑元件,用于支撑该第三电路板。In one embodiment, the force sensor further includes a first supporting element for supporting the first circuit board. In another embodiment, the force sensor further includes a second supporting element for supporting the third circuit board.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板互相平行,该第二金属板与该第三金属板相互平行,该第四金属板与该第五金属板互相平行,该第五金属板与该第六金属板相互平行。在另一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离,该第四金属板与该第五金属板的距离等于该第五金属板与该第六金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate are parallel to each other, the second metal plate and the third metal plate are parallel to each other, the fourth metal plate and the fifth metal plate are parallel to each other, and the first metal plate is parallel to the fifth metal plate. The fifth metal plate and the sixth metal plate are parallel to each other. In another embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate, and the distance between the fourth metal plate and the fifth metal plate is equal to the The distance between the fifth metal plate and the sixth metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板位于该第六金属板的上方。In one embodiment, the first metal plate is located above the sixth metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板的面积等于该第六金属板的面积。在另一实施例中,该第二金属板的面积等于该第五金属板的面积。在更一实施例中,该第三金属板的面积等于该第四金属板的面积。In one embodiment, the area of the first metal plate is equal to the area of the sixth metal plate. In another embodiment, the area of the second metal plate is equal to the area of the fifth metal plate. In yet another embodiment, the area of the third metal plate is equal to the area of the fourth metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容,该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容,该第四金属板与该第五金属板形成第三电容,该第五金属板与该第六金属板形成第四电容。在另一实施例中,在该第一电路板未被弯折的情况下,该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。在另一实施例中,在该第三电路板未被弯折的情况下,该第三电容与该第四电容的阻抗值相同。在更一实施例当中,该第一电容与该第四电容的阻抗值相同,该第二电容与该第三电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor, and the fourth metal plate and the fifth metal plate form a capacitor. For the third capacitor, the fifth metal plate and the sixth metal plate form a fourth capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first circuit board is not bent, the first capacitor and the second capacitor have the same impedance value. In another embodiment, when the third circuit board is not bent, the third capacitor and the fourth capacitor have the same impedance value. In yet another embodiment, the impedance of the first capacitor and the fourth capacitor are the same, and the impedance of the second capacitor and the third capacitor are the same.

在一实施例中,该第一电路板、该第二电路板与该第三电路板均为印刷电路板。In one embodiment, the first circuit board, the second circuit board and the third circuit board are all printed circuit boards.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:互不接触且依序平行排列的第一金属板、第二金属板与第三金属板,其中该第一金属板用于接收第一频率群组的信号,该第三金属板用于接收第二频率群组的信号,该第二金属板用于输出电信号,其中该第二金属板的端可受力发生弯折。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate and a third metal plate arranged in parallel without contact with each other, wherein the first metal plate is used to receive the first metal plate A signal of a frequency group, the third metal plate is used to receive a signal of a second frequency group, and the second metal plate is used to output an electric signal, wherein the end of the second metal plate can be bent under force.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:互不接触且依序平行排列的第一金属板、第二金属板与第三金属板,其中该第一金属板用于输出具有第一电流值的信号,该第三金属板用于输出具有第二电流值的信号,该第二金属板用于输入信号源,其中该第二金属板的一端可受力发生弯折。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, comprising: a first metal plate, a second metal plate and a third metal plate arranged in parallel without contact with each other, wherein the first metal plate is used for outputting The signal of the first current value, the third metal plate is used for outputting the signal with the second current value, and the second metal plate is used for inputting the signal source, wherein one end of the second metal plate can be bent under force.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容,该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容。在另一实施例中,在该第二金属板未被弯折的情况下,该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the second metal plate is not bent, the impedance values of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:互不接触且依序平行排列的第一金属板、第二金属板与第三金属板,其中该第一金属板用于输出电信号,该第二金属板用于接收第一频率群组的信号,该第三金属板用于接收第二频率群组的信号,其中该第一金属板的一端可受力发生弯折。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, including: a first metal plate, a second metal plate and a third metal plate arranged in parallel without contact with each other, wherein the first metal plate is used to output electric current Signals, the second metal plate is used to receive signals of the first frequency group, the third metal plate is used to receive signals of the second frequency group, wherein one end of the first metal plate can be bent under force.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种力传感器,包含:互不接触且依序平行排列的第一金属板、第二金属板与第三金属板,其中该第一金属板用于输入信号源,该第二金属板用于输出具有第一电流值的信号,该第三金属板用于输出具有第二电流值的信号,其中该第一金属板的一端可受力发生弯折。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a force sensor, including: a first metal plate, a second metal plate and a third metal plate arranged in parallel without contact with each other, wherein the first metal plate is used for inputting signals source, the second metal plate is used to output a signal with a first current value, and the third metal plate is used to output a signal with a second current value, wherein one end of the first metal plate can be bent under force.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板的距离等于该第二金属板与该第三金属板的距离。In one embodiment, the distance between the first metal plate and the second metal plate is equal to the distance between the second metal plate and the third metal plate.

在一实施例中,该第一金属板与该第二金属板形成第一电容,该第二金属板与该第三金属板形成第二电容。在另一实施例中,在该第一金属板未被弯折的情况下,该第一电容与该第二电容的阻抗值相同。In one embodiment, the first metal plate and the second metal plate form a first capacitor, and the second metal plate and the third metal plate form a second capacitor. In another embodiment, when the first metal plate is not bent, the impedance values of the first capacitor and the second capacitor are the same.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器,包含:可动元件,用于沿着该发信器的轴心方向移动达行程;绝缘物质,用于该可动元件的后端;以及导体,位于该绝缘物质的后端,用于与该可动元件及该绝缘物质形成力感应电容。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, comprising: a movable element, which is used to move a distance along the axial direction of the transmitter; an insulating material, used for the rear end of the movable element; And a conductor, located at the rear end of the insulating material, is used to form a force-sensing capacitance with the movable element and the insulating material.

在一实施例中,该发信器更包含位于该可动元件的前端的笔尖段。在一实施例中,该笔尖段为导体,与该可动元件电性耦合。在另一实施例中,该笔尖段用于发出电信号,该电信号中的某一频率群组的信号强度与该力感应电容的阻抗值相关。In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes a pen tip section located at the front end of the movable element. In one embodiment, the tip section is a conductor electrically coupled with the movable element. In another embodiment, the tip section is used to send out electrical signals, and the signal strength of a certain frequency group in the electrical signals is related to the impedance value of the force sensing capacitor.

在一实施例中,该发信器更包含弹性元件与壳体,该弹性元件用于供该可动元件与该壳体之间的弹力,使得该可动元件受到弹力时,移动到该行程的前端。In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes an elastic element and a housing, the elastic element is used to provide elastic force between the movable element and the housing, so that when the movable element receives elastic force, it moves to the stroke Front end.

在一实施例中,该绝缘物质为绝缘膜,该导体包含可压缩导体与导体基座。在另一实施例中,该绝缘物质为可压缩绝缘材料。In one embodiment, the insulating substance is an insulating film, and the conductor includes a compressible conductor and a conductor base. In another embodiment, the insulating substance is a compressible insulating material.

在一实施例中,该绝缘物质与该导体的接触面包含下列其中之一:单一斜面、多个突起面、圆锥斜面与单一突起面。在另一实施例中,该导体与该绝缘物质的接触面包含下列其中之一:单一斜面、多个突起面、圆锥斜面与单一突起面。In one embodiment, the contact surface between the insulating material and the conductor includes one of the following: a single slope, a plurality of protrusions, a conical slope and a single protrusion. In another embodiment, the contact surface between the conductor and the insulating material comprises one of the following: a single slope, a plurality of protrusions, a conical slope and a single protrusion.

在一实施例中,该绝缘物质与该导体位于该壳体的内腔室当中。在另一实施例中,该内腔室为圆柱状。In one embodiment, the insulating substance and the conductor are located in the inner chamber of the casing. In another embodiment, the inner chamber is cylindrical.

在一实施例中,该可动元件包含前端可动元件与后端可动元件,其中该前端可动元件与该笔尖段接触并且电性耦合。In one embodiment, the movable element includes a front movable element and a rear movable element, wherein the front movable element contacts and is electrically coupled to the nib segment.

在一实施例中,该发信器更包含电路板,其中该电路板通过基底导线与该导体电性耦合,该电路板通过可动元件导线与该可动元件电性耦合。在另一实施例中,该可动元件导线连接到该弹性元件。In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes a circuit board, wherein the circuit board is electrically coupled to the conductor through the base wire, and the circuit board is electrically coupled to the movable element through the movable element wire. In another embodiment, the movable element is wired to the elastic element.

在一实施例中,该弹性元件并不环绕该可动元件。在另一实施例中,该基底导线并不环绕该导体。In one embodiment, the elastic element does not surround the movable element. In another embodiment, the base wire does not surround the conductor.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种电路开关,包含互相平行且依序排列的第一电路板、第二电路板与第三电路板;以及双斜面装置,其中该第一电路板的第一端与该第三电路板的第一端分别抵住该双斜面装置的两个斜面,该第二电路板的第一端并未与该双斜面装置接触,该第二第路板的该第一端包含电路,该电路上下的第二点与第三点分别与该第一电路板的第一点与该第三电路板的第四点短路且电性耦合。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a circuit switch, comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board and a third circuit board arranged parallel to each other in sequence; and a double-slope device, wherein the first circuit board of the first circuit board One end and the first end of the third circuit board are respectively against the two slopes of the double-slope device, the first end of the second circuit board is not in contact with the double-slope device, and the second circuit board's The first end includes a circuit, and the second point and the third point above and below the circuit are respectively short-circuited and electrically coupled with the first point of the first circuit board and the fourth point of the third circuit board.

在一实施例中,当该双斜面装置朝向该第二电路板的方向移动时,该第一电路板与该第三电路板受到该双斜面装置的压迫而分别向上下弯折,使得该第一点与该第二点开路且电性不耦合以及该第三点与第四点开路且电性不耦合。In one embodiment, when the double-slope device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double-slope device to bend upwards and downwards, so that the first circuit board One point is open-circuited and electrically uncoupled to the second point and the third point is open-circuited to the fourth point and electrically uncoupled.

在一实施例中,该第一点并联至第一端口与高电位,该第四点连接至低电位,当该第一点与第二点短路且第三点与第四点短路时,该第一端口为低电位,当该第一点与第二点开路或第三点与第四点开路时,该第一端口为高电位。In one embodiment, the first point is connected to the first port and the high potential in parallel, and the fourth point is connected to the low potential. When the first point is short-circuited with the second point and the third point is short-circuited with the fourth point, the The first port is low potential, and when the first point is open to the second point or the third point is open to the fourth point, the first port is high potential.

在一实施例中,该双斜面装置连接至发信器的笔尖段。In one embodiment, the dual bevel device is attached to the pen tip section of the transmitter.

在一实施例中,该电路位于该第二电路板的该第一端边缘。In one embodiment, the circuit is located on the first edge of the second circuit board.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种电路开关,包含互相平行且依序排列的第一电路板、第二电路板与第三电路板;以及双斜面装置,其中该第一电路板的第一端与该第三电路板的第一端分别抵住该双斜面装置的两个斜面,该第二电路板的第一端并未与该双斜面装置接触,该第二第路板的该第一端包含电路,该电路上的第二点与该第一电路板的第一点短路且电性耦合。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a circuit switch, comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board and a third circuit board arranged parallel to each other in sequence; and a double-slope device, wherein the first circuit board of the first circuit board One end and the first end of the third circuit board are respectively against the two slopes of the double-slope device, the first end of the second circuit board is not in contact with the double-slope device, and the second circuit board's The first end includes a circuit, and the second point on the circuit is short-circuited and electrically coupled to the first point on the first circuit board.

在一实施例中,当该双斜面装置朝向该第二电路板的方向移动时,该第一电路板与该第三电路板受到该双斜面装置的压迫而分别向上下弯折,使得该第一点与该第二点开路且电性不耦合。In one embodiment, when the double-slope device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double-slope device to bend upwards and downwards, so that the first circuit board One point is open circuited and not electrically coupled to the second point.

在一实施例中,该第一点并联至第一端口与高电位,该第二点连接至低电位,当该第一点与第二点短路时,该第一端口为低电位,当该第一点与第二点开路开路时,该第一端口为高电位。In one embodiment, the first point is connected in parallel to the first port and the high potential, and the second point is connected to the low potential. When the first point and the second point are short-circuited, the first port is at the low potential. When the When the first point and the second point are open-circuited, the first port is at high potential.

在一实施例中,该双斜面装置连接至发信器的笔尖段。In one embodiment, the dual bevel device is attached to the pen tip section of the transmitter.

在一实施例中,该电路位于该第二电路板的该第一端边缘。In one embodiment, the circuit is located on the first edge of the second circuit board.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种触控笔,包含:控制单元、笔尖段与电路开关,该电路开关包含互相平行且依序排列的第一电路板、第二电路板与第三电路板;以及连接至该笔尖段的双斜面装置,其中该第一电路板的第一端与该第三电路板的第一端分别抵住该双斜面装置的两个斜面,该第二电路板的第一端并未与该双斜面装置接触,该第二第路板的该第一端包含电路,该电路上下的第二点与第三点分别与该第一电路板的第一点与该第三电路板的第四点短路且电性耦合,该第一点并联至该控制单元的第一端口与高电位,该第四点连接至低电位,该第一端口为低电位。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a stylus, comprising: a control unit, a pen tip section and a circuit switch, the circuit switch comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board and a third circuit arranged parallel to each other in sequence board; and a double-slope device connected to the nib section, wherein the first end of the first circuit board and the first end of the third circuit board are respectively against the two slopes of the double-slope device, and the second circuit board The first end of the second circuit board is not in contact with the double-slope device, the first end of the second circuit board contains a circuit, and the second and third points above and below the circuit are respectively connected to the first point and the third point of the first circuit board. The fourth point of the third circuit board is short-circuited and electrically coupled, the first point is connected in parallel to the first port of the control unit and a high potential, the fourth point is connected to a low potential, and the first port is a low potential.

在一实施例中,当该双斜面装置朝向该第二电路板的方向移动时,该第一电路板与该第三电路板受到该双斜面装置的压迫而分别向上下弯折,使得该第一点与该第二点开路且电性不耦合以及该第三点与第四点开路且电性不耦合,该第一端口为高电位。In one embodiment, when the double-slope device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double-slope device to bend upwards and downwards, so that the first circuit board One point is open-circuited and electrically uncoupled to the second point and the third point is open-circuited to the fourth point and electrically uncoupled, and the first port is a high potential.

在一实施例中,当该第一端口从低电位变成高电位时,该控制单元被唤醒。In one embodiment, when the first port changes from a low potential to a high potential, the control unit is woken up.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种触控笔,包含:控制单元、笔尖段与电路开关,该电路开关包含互相平行且依序排列的第一电路板、第二电路板与第三电路板;以及连接至该笔尖段的双斜面装置,其中该第一电路板的第一端与该第三电路板的第一端分别抵住该双斜面装置的两个斜面,该第二电路板的第一端并未与该双斜面装置接触,该第二第路板的该第一端包含电路,该电路的第二点与该第一电路板的第一点短路且电性耦合,该第一点并联至该控制单元的第一端口与高电位,该第二点连接至低电位,该第一端口为低电位。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a stylus, comprising: a control unit, a pen tip section and a circuit switch, the circuit switch comprising a first circuit board, a second circuit board and a third circuit arranged parallel to each other in sequence board; and a double-slope device connected to the nib section, wherein the first end of the first circuit board and the first end of the third circuit board are respectively against the two slopes of the double-slope device, and the second circuit board The first end of the second circuit board is not in contact with the double-slope device, the first end of the second circuit board contains a circuit, the second point of the circuit is short-circuited and electrically coupled to the first point of the first circuit board, the The first point is connected in parallel to the first port of the control unit and the high potential, the second point is connected to the low potential, and the first port is low potential.

在一实施例中,当该双斜面装置朝向该第二电路板的方向移动时,该第一电路板与该第三电路板受到该双斜面装置的压迫而分别向上下弯折,使得该第一点与该第二点开路且电性不耦合,该第一端口为高电位。In one embodiment, when the double-slope device moves toward the second circuit board, the first circuit board and the third circuit board are pressed by the double-slope device to bend upwards and downwards, so that the first circuit board One point is open-circuited and not electrically coupled with the second point, and the first port is at high potential.

在一实施例中,当该第一端口从低电位变成高电位时,该控制单元被唤醒。In one embodiment, when the first port changes from a low potential to a high potential, the control unit is woken up.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种控制发信器的发信方法,包含:于第一时段内发出第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a signaling method for controlling a transmitter, including: sending an electrical signal of a first period within a first period; and sending an electrical signal of a second period within a second period, wherein the first The signal frequency groups contained in the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period are different.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器,用于于第一时段内发出第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, which is used to send out a first time period electric signal in a first time period; and send out a second time period electric signal in a second time period, wherein the first time period electric signal and The signal frequency groups included in the second period electric signal are different.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种触控系统,该触控系统包含:发信器、触控面板与连接该触控面板的触控处理装置,用于根据第一时段电信号与第二时段电信号侦测该发信器,其中该发信器,用于于第一时段内发出该第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内发出该第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, used for according to the electrical signal of the first period and the second Two-period electrical signal detection for the transmitter, wherein the transmitter is used to send the first-period electrical signal within the first period; and to transmit the second-period electrical signal within the second period, wherein the first The signal frequency groups included in the electrical signal of the period are different from those contained in the electrical signal of the second period.

在一实施例中,上述的一个信号频率群组包含一个或多个频率的信号。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned one signal frequency group includes signals of one or more frequencies.

在一实施例中,该第一时段是在该发信器侦测到灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中,该灯塔信号的侦测时段与该第一时段之间有第一延迟时间。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the transmitter detects a lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the lighthouse signal detection period and the first period.

在一实施例中,该第一时段与该第二时段之间有第二延迟时间。In one embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.

在一实施例中,该第二时段之后有第三延迟时间。In one embodiment, the second period of time is followed by a third delay time.

在一实施例中,于该发信器侦测到该灯塔信号之前,侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中,该干扰信号包含与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号当中具有同调频率的信号。In one embodiment, a jamming signal is detected before the transmitter detects the lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period.

请参考上述的表一,在一实施例中,当该发信器的笔尖段未接触物体时,令该发信器的第一信号源与第二信号源同时发出相同的信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 1. In one embodiment, when the pen tip of the transmitter is not in contact with an object, the first signal source and the second signal source of the transmitter simultaneously send out the same signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表一,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路时,令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的第一信号频率群组,当该笔尖段未接触物体且该第一开关短路时,令该第一信号源与该第二信号源于该第一时段同时发出相同的第二信号频率群组,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 1. In one embodiment, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source are simultaneously sent out the same first signal. A signal frequency group, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with an object and the first switch is short-circuited, the first signal source and the second signal originate from the first period to simultaneously send out the same second signal frequency group, wherein the The first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表一,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路时,令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的该第一信号频率群组,当该笔尖段未接触物体且该第二开关短路时,令该第一信号源与该第二信号源于该第二时段同时发出相同的第三信号频率群组,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第三信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 1. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section is not in contact with an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source are simultaneously sent out the same first signal. A signal frequency group, when the pen tip segment is not in contact with an object and the second switch is short-circuited, the first signal source and the second signal originate from the second period and simultaneously send out the same third signal frequency group, wherein The first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表二,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段接触物体时,令该发信器的第一信号源与第二信号源分别在该第二时段与该第一时段发出不同的信号频率群组。Please refer to the above-mentioned Table 2. In one embodiment, when the pen tip touches an object, the first signal source and the second signal source of the transmitter are respectively sent out different signals during the second period and the first period. Signal frequency groups.

请参考上述的表二,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路时,令该第二信号源于该第一时段发出第一信号频率群组,当该笔尖段接触物体且该第一开关短路时,令该第二信号源于该第一时段发出第二信号频率群组,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 2. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section touches an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open circuit, the second signal originates from the first time period to send out the first signal frequency group, When the pen tip section touches an object and the first switch is short-circuited, the second signal originates from the first period and sends out a second signal frequency group, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group .

请参考上述的表二,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路时,令该第一信号源于该第二时段发出第三信号频率群组,当该笔尖段接触物体且该第二开关短路时,令该第一信号源于该第二时段发出该第二信号频率群组,其中该第三信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 2. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section touches an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal originates from the second period and sends out a third signal frequency group, When the nib section touches an object and the second switch is short-circuited, the first signal originates from the second period and sends out the second signal frequency group, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group Group.

在一实施例中,该第一信号源与该第二信号源分别于第二时段与第一时段所发出的第一信号强度M1与第二信号强度M2的比例值相应于该发信器的受力。In one embodiment, the ratio of the first signal strength M1 and the second signal strength M2 sent by the first signal source and the second signal source in the second period and the first period respectively corresponds to the transmitter Force.

在一实施例中,该发信方法更包含于第零时段内,令环状电极发出第零时段电信号,其中该第零时段是在该发信器侦测到灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中,该灯塔信号的侦测时段与该第零时段之间有第零延迟时间。In one embodiment, the signaling method further includes causing the ring electrode to send an electric signal for a zeroth period during the zeroth period, wherein the zeroth period is after the transmitter detects the lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay time between the lighthouse signal detection period and the zeroth period.

在实施例当中,令该环状电极于该第一时段与该第二时段内,不发出电信号。In an embodiment, the ring-shaped electrode does not send out electrical signals during the first period and the second period.

在一实施例中,该第零时段电信号与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。In one embodiment, the electrical signal of the zeroth period is different from the signal frequency groups contained in the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种控制发信器的发信方法,包含:于第一时段内发出第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a signaling method for controlling a transmitter, including: sending an electrical signal of a first period within a first period; and sending an electrical signal of a second period within a second period, wherein the first The signal frequency group included in the electrical signal of the first period is the same as that contained in the electrical signal of the second period.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器,用于于第一时段内发出第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, which is used to send out a first time period electric signal in a first time period; and send out a second time period electric signal in a second time period, wherein the first time period electric signal and The signal frequency groups contained in the electrical signal of the second period are the same.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种触控系统,该触控系统包含:发信器、触控面板与连接该触控面板的触控处理装置,用于根据第一时段电信号与第二时段电信号侦测该发信器,其中该发信器用于于第一时段内发出该第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内发出该第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, used for according to the electrical signal of the first period and the second Two-period electrical signals detect the transmitter, wherein the transmitter is used to send the first-period electrical signal during the first period; and send the second-period electrical signal during the second period, wherein the first-period electrical signal The signal is the same as the signal frequency group contained in the electrical signal of the second period.

在一实施例中,上述的一个信号频率群组包含一个或多个频率的信号。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned one signal frequency group includes signals of one or more frequencies.

在一实施例中,该第一时段是在该发信器侦测到灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中,该灯塔信号的侦测时段与该第一时段之间有第一延迟时间。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the transmitter detects a lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the lighthouse signal detection period and the first period.

在一实施例中,该第一时段与该第二时段之间有第二延迟时间。In one embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.

在一实施例中,该第二时段之后有第三延迟时间。In one embodiment, the second period of time is followed by a third delay time.

在一实施例中,于该发信器侦测到该灯塔信号之前,侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中,该干扰信号包含与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号当中具有同调频率的信号。In one embodiment, a jamming signal is detected before the transmitter detects the lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period.

请参考上述的表三,在一实施例中,当该发信器的笔尖段未接触物体时,令该发信器的第一信号源与第二信号源同时发出相同的信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 3 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip of the transmitter is not in contact with an object, the first signal source and the second signal source of the transmitter simultaneously send out the same signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表三,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路时,令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的第一信号频率群组,当该笔尖段未接触物体且该第一开关短路时,令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的第二信号频率群组,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 3 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section is not in contact with an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source are simultaneously sent out the same first signal. A signal frequency group, when the pen tip section is not in contact with an object and the first switch is short-circuited, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously send out the same second signal frequency group, wherein the first signal frequency group group is different from the second signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表三,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路时,令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的该第一信号频率群组,当该笔尖段未接触物体且该第二开关短路时,令该第一信号源与该第二信号源同时发出相同的第三信号频率群组,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第三信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 3. In one embodiment, when the pen tip section is not in contact with an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal source and the second signal source are simultaneously sent out the same first signal. A signal frequency group, when the pen tip section is not in contact with an object and the second switch is short-circuited, the first signal source and the second signal source simultaneously send out the same third signal frequency group, wherein the first signal frequency The group is different from the third signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表四,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段接触物体时,令该发信器的第一信号源与第二信号源分别在该第二时段与该第一时段发出相同的信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip touches an object, the first signal source and the second signal source of the transmitter are respectively sent out the same signal in the second period and the first period. Signal frequency groups.

请参考上述的表四,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路时,令该第二信号源于该第一时段发出第一信号频率群组,当该笔尖段接触物体且该第一开关短路时,令该第二信号源于该第一时段发出第二信号频率群组,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip touches an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open, the second signal originates from the first time period to send out the first signal frequency group, When the pen tip section touches an object and the first switch is short-circuited, the second signal originates from the first period and sends out a second signal frequency group, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group .

请参考上述的表四,在一实施例中,当该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路时,令该第一信号源于该第二时段发出第三信号频率群组,当该笔尖段接触物体且该第二开关短路时,令该第一信号源于该第二时段发出该第二信号频率群组,其中该第三信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the pen tip touches an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open, the first signal originates from the second period and sends out a third signal frequency group, When the nib section touches an object and the second switch is short-circuited, the first signal originates from the second period and sends out the second signal frequency group, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group Group.

在一实施例中,该发信方法更包含于第零时段内,令环状电极发出第零时段电信号,其中该第零时段是在该发信器侦测到灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中,该灯塔信号的侦测时段与该第零时段之间有第零延迟时间。In one embodiment, the signaling method further includes causing the ring electrode to send an electric signal for a zeroth period during the zeroth period, wherein the zeroth period is after the transmitter detects the lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay time between the lighthouse signal detection period and the zeroth period.

在实施例当中,令该环状电极于该第一时段与该第二时段内,不发出电信号。In an embodiment, the ring-shaped electrode does not send out electrical signals during the first period and the second period.

在一实施例中,该第零时段电信号与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。In one embodiment, the electrical signal of the zeroth period is the same as the signal frequency group included in the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period.

在一实施例中,该第一信号源与该第二信号源分别于第二时段与第一时段所发出的第一信号强度M1与第二信号强度M2的比例值相应于该发信器的受力。In one embodiment, the ratio of the first signal strength M1 and the second signal strength M2 sent by the first signal source and the second signal source in the second period and the first period respectively corresponds to the transmitter Force.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种侦测发信器的侦测方法,包含:于第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a detection method for detecting a transmitter, including: detecting the first period electrical signal sent by the transmitter within the first period; and detecting within the second period Detecting the electrical signal of the second period sent by the transmitter, wherein the electrical signal of the first period is different from the signal frequency group contained in the electrical signal of the second period.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种侦测发信器的触控处理装置,用于连接触控面板,该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点,该触控处理装置用于于第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting a transmitter, which is used to connect a touch panel, and the touch panel includes a plurality of first electrodes, a plurality of second electrodes and the overlapping parts thereof. A plurality of sensing points, the touch processing device is used to detect the first period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during the first period; and detect the second electrical signal sent by the transmitter during the second period The electrical signal of a time period, wherein the electrical signal of the first time period and the electrical signal of the second time period contain different signal frequency groups.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种触控系统,该触控系统包含:发信器、触控面板与连接该触控面板的触控处理装置,用于根据该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号侦测该发信器,其中该发信器用于于第一时段内发出第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, the touch control system includes: a transmitter, a touch panel and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, for according to the electrical signal and the first period of time The second period electric signal detects the sender, wherein the sender is used to send the first time period electric signal during the first time period; and sends out the second time period electric signal within the second time period, wherein the first time period electric signal The signal is different from the signal frequency group included in the second period electric signal.

在一实施例中,上述的一个信号频率群组包含一个或多个频率的信号。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned one signal frequency group includes signals of one or more frequencies.

在一实施例中,该第一时段是在该触控面板发出灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中,该灯塔信号的发出时段与该第一时段之间有第一延迟时间。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the touch panel sends out a lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the sending period of the lighthouse signal and the first period.

在一实施例中,该第一时段与该第二时段之间有第二延迟时间。In one embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.

在一实施例中,该第二时段之后有第三延迟时间。在一实施例中,该第二时段之后更包含其他种侦测步骤。In one embodiment, the second period of time is followed by a third delay time. In one embodiment, other detection steps are further included after the second period.

在一实施例中,于发出到该灯塔信号之前,侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中,于该第一时段之后,侦测干扰信号。在更一实施例中,于该第二时段之后,侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中,该干扰信号包含与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号当中具有同调频率的信号。In one embodiment, jamming signals are detected prior to sending out signals to the lighthouse. In another embodiment, an interference signal is detected after the first period of time. In a further embodiment, after the second time period, an interference signal is detected. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period.

请参考上述的表一,在一实施例中,当该发信器同时发出单一个信号频率群组,判定该发信器的笔尖段未接触物体。Please refer to the above Table 1. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out a single signal frequency group at the same time, it is determined that the pen tip of the transmitter is not in contact with an object.

请参考上述的表一,在一实施例中,当该发信器于该第一时段发出相同的第一信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路,当该发信器于该第一时段同时发出相同的第二信号频率群组时,判断该笔尖段未接触物体且该第一开关短路,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 1. In one embodiment, when the sender sends out the same first signal frequency group in the first period, it is determined that the pen tip section does not touch the object and the first switch of the sender Open circuit, when the transmitter sends out the same second signal frequency group at the same time in the first period, it is judged that the nib segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the first signal frequency group Two signal frequency groups.

请参考上述的表一,在一实施例中,当该发信器于该第二时段发出相同的第一信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路,当该发信器于该第二时段同时发出相同的第三信号频率群组时,判断该笔尖段未接触物体且该第二开关短路,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第三信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 1. In one embodiment, when the sender sends out the same first signal frequency group in the second period, it is determined that the pen tip section does not touch the object and the second switch of the sender open circuit, when the transmitter sends out the same third signal frequency group at the same time in the second period, it is judged that the nib segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the first signal frequency group Three signal frequency groups.

请参考上述的表二,在一实施例中,当该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号包含不同的信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段接触物体。Please refer to the above-mentioned Table 2. In one embodiment, when the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period include different signal frequency groups, it is determined that the tip segment touches an object.

请参考上述的表二,在一实施例中,当该发信器于该第一时段发出第一信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路,当该发信器于该第一时段发出第二信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关短路,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to the above-mentioned Table 2. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out the first signal frequency group in the first period, it is determined that the pen tip section is in contact with an object and the first switch of the transmitter is open. When the sender sends out a second signal frequency group during the first period, it is determined that the nib segment touches an object and the first switch of the sender is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表二,在一实施例中,当该发信器于该第二时段发出第三信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路,当该发信器于该第二时段发出该第二信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段接触物体且该第二开关短路,其中该第三信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to the above-mentioned Table 2. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out the third signal frequency group in the second period, it is determined that the pen tip section is in contact with an object and the second switch of the transmitter is open. When the sender sends out the second signal frequency group during the second time period, it is determined that the pen tip section touches an object and the second switch is short-circuited, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

在一实施例中,更包含:分别计算该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号的第一信号强度M1与第二信号强度M2的比例值;以及根据该比例值,计算该发信器的受力。In one embodiment, it further includes: calculating the ratio of the first signal strength M1 and the second signal strength M2 of the electrical signal in the first period and the electrical signal in the second period; and calculating the sending signal according to the ratio. The force of the device.

在一实施例中,更包含于第零时段内,侦测该发信器所发出第零时段电信号,其中该第零时段是在发出该灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中,该灯塔信号的发出时段与该第零时段之间有第零延迟时间。In one embodiment, it further includes detecting the zeroth period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during the zeroth period, wherein the zeroth period is after sending out the lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay time between the sending period of the lighthouse signal and the zeroth period.

在一实施例中,该第零时段电信号与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组不同。In one embodiment, the electrical signal of the zeroth period is different from the signal frequency groups contained in the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种侦测发信器的侦测方法,包含:于第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a detection method for detecting a transmitter, including: detecting the first period electrical signal sent by the transmitter within the first period; and detecting within the second period Detecting the electrical signal of the second period sent by the transmitter, wherein the electrical signal of the first period is the same as the signal frequency group included in the electrical signal of the second period.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种侦测发信器的触控处理装置,用于连接一触控面板,该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点,该触控处理装置用于于第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting a transmitter, which is used to connect a touch panel, and the touch panel includes a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes and their overlapping positions A plurality of sensing points are formed, the touch processing device is used to detect the first period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during the first period; and detect the second period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during the second period Two-period electrical signals, wherein the first-period electrical signal and the second-period electrical signal contain the same signal frequency group.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种触控系统,该触控系统包含:发信器、触控面板与连接该触控面板的触控处理装置,其中该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点,该触控处理装置用于于第一时段内侦测该发信器所发出的第一时段电信号;以及于第二时段内侦测该发信器所发出第二时段电信号,其中该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, which includes: a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, wherein the touch panel includes a plurality of first The plurality of sensing points formed by the electrode and the plurality of second electrodes and their overlaps, the touch processing device is used to detect the first period electrical signal sent by the transmitter in the first period; and in the second period The electrical signal of the second period sent by the transmitter is detected within the period, wherein the electrical signal of the first period is the same as the signal frequency group included in the electrical signal of the second period.

在一实施例中,上述的一个信号频率群组包含一个或多个频率的信号。In an embodiment, the above-mentioned one signal frequency group includes signals of one or more frequencies.

在一实施例中,该第一时段是在该触控面板发出灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中,该灯塔信号的发出时段与该第一时段之间有第一延迟时间。In one embodiment, the first time period is after the touch panel sends out a lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a first delay time between the sending period of the lighthouse signal and the first period.

在一实施例中,该第一时段与该第二时段之间有第二延迟时间。In one embodiment, there is a second delay time between the first time period and the second time period.

在一实施例中,该第二时段之后有第三延迟时间。在一实施例中,该第二时段之后更包含其他种侦测步骤。In one embodiment, the second period of time is followed by a third delay time. In one embodiment, other detection steps are further included after the second period.

在一实施例中,于发出到该灯塔信号之前,侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中,于该第一时段之后,侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中,于该第二时段之后,侦测干扰信号。在另一实施例中,该干扰信号包含与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号当中具有同调频率的信号。In one embodiment, jamming signals are detected prior to sending out signals to the lighthouse. In another embodiment, an interference signal is detected after the first period of time. In another embodiment, interference signals are detected after the second period of time. In another embodiment, the interference signal includes a signal having a coherent frequency with the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period.

请参考上述的表三,在一实施例中,当该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号具有相同的单一个信号频率群组时,判定该发信器的笔尖段未接触物体。Please refer to Table 3 above. In one embodiment, when the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period have the same single signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip of the transmitter is not in contact with an object.

请参考上述的表三,在一实施例中,当该发信器发出第一信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路,当该发信器发出第二信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的该第一开关短路,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 3. In one embodiment, when the sender sends out the first signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the first switch of the sender is open. When a second signal frequency group is sent out, it is determined that the pen tip section is not in contact with an object and the first switch of the transmitter is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表三,在一实施例中,当该发信器发出第一信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路,当该发信器发出第三信号频率群组时,判定该笔尖段未接触物体且该发信器的该第二开关短路,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第三信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 3. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out the first signal frequency group, it is determined that the pen tip segment is not in contact with the object and the second switch of the transmitter is open. When the third signal frequency group is sent out, it is determined that the pen tip section is not in contact with an object and the second switch of the transmitter is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the third signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表四,在一实施例中,当该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号具有相同的单一个信号频率群组时,且该第一时段电信号的第一信号强度M1与该第二时段电信号的第二信号强度M2的比例值不在第一范围内时,判定该发信器的笔尖段接触物体。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period have the same single signal frequency group, and the first signal strength of the electrical signal of the first period When the ratio between M1 and the second signal strength M2 of the electrical signal in the second period is not within the first range, it is determined that the pen tip of the transmitter touches the object.

请参考上述的表四,在一实施例中,当该发信器于该第一时段发出第一信号频率群组且该比例值不在该第一范围内时,判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第一开关开路,当该发信器于该第一时段发出第二信号频率群组且该比例值不在该第一范围内时,判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的该第一开关短路,其中该第一信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to the above Table 4. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out the first signal frequency group in the first period and the ratio value is not within the first range, it is determined that the pen tip section touches an object and the The first switch of the sender is open circuit, when the sender sends out the second signal frequency group in the first period and the ratio value is not in the first range, it is determined that the pen tip section touches the object and the sender’s The first switch is short-circuited, wherein the first signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

请参考上述的表四,在一实施例中,当该发信器于该第二时段发出第三信号频率群组且该比例值不在该第一范围内时,判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的第二开关开路,当该发信器于该第二时段发出第二信号频率群组且该比例值不在该第一范围内时,判定该笔尖段接触物体且该发信器的该第二开关短路,其中该第三信号频率群组不同于该第二信号频率群组。Please refer to Table 4 above. In one embodiment, when the transmitter sends out the third signal frequency group in the second period and the ratio value is not within the first range, it is determined that the pen tip section touches an object and the The second switch of the sender is open circuit. When the sender sends out the second signal frequency group in the second period and the ratio value is not in the first range, it is determined that the pen tip section touches the object and the sender’s The second switch is short-circuited, wherein the third signal frequency group is different from the second signal frequency group.

在一实施例中,更包含:分别计算该第一时段电信号与该第二时段电信号的第一信号强度M1与一第二信号强度M2的比例值;以及根据该比例值,计算该发信器的受力。In one embodiment, it further includes: respectively calculating the ratio of the first signal strength M1 and the second signal strength M2 of the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period; and calculating the transmission according to the ratio. The force of the letter.

在一实施例中,更包含于第零时段内,侦测该发信器所发出第零时段电信号,其中该第零时段是在发出该灯塔信号之后。在另一实施例中,该灯塔信号的发出时段与该第零时段之间有第零延迟时间。In one embodiment, it further includes detecting the zeroth period electrical signal sent by the transmitter during the zeroth period, wherein the zeroth period is after sending out the lighthouse signal. In another embodiment, there is a zeroth delay time between the sending period of the lighthouse signal and the zeroth period.

在一实施例中,该第零时段电信号与该第一时段电信号及该第二时段电信号所包含的信号频率群组相同。In one embodiment, the electrical signal of the zeroth period is the same as the signal frequency group included in the electrical signal of the first period and the electrical signal of the second period.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器,包含:笔尖段;以及环绕该笔尖段的环状电极,该笔尖段与该环状电极的电性不耦合。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, comprising: a pen tip segment; and a ring electrode surrounding the pen tip segment, and the pen tip segment is not electrically coupled to the ring electrode.

在一实施例中,该环状电极包含多个不相连的电极。In one embodiment, the ring electrode includes a plurality of disconnected electrodes.

在一实施例中,在第零时段,该环状电极与该笔尖段同时发出电信号。在另一实施例中,于第一时段,该笔尖段发出电信号,但该环状电极不发出电信号。在另一实施例中,该第一时段于该第零时段之后。In one embodiment, at the zero time period, the ring electrode and the pen tip segment send out electrical signals simultaneously. In another embodiment, during the first period of time, the pen tip section emits an electrical signal, but the ring electrode does not emit an electrical signal. In another embodiment, the first period is after the zeroth period.

在一实施例中,该环状电极与该笔尖段所发出的电信号包含相同一组的信号频率群组。在另一实施例中,该环状电极与该笔尖段分别发出不同的信号频率群组。In one embodiment, the electrical signals emitted by the ring electrode and the pen tip segment include the same set of signal frequency groups. In another embodiment, the ring electrode and the pen tip segment respectively send out different signal frequency groups.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器位置的侦测方法,其中该发信器包含笔尖段以及环绕该笔尖段的环状电极,该笔尖段与该环状电极的电性不耦合,该侦测方法包含:于第零时段侦测该环状电极与该笔尖段所同时发出的电信号;以及于第一时段侦测该笔尖段所发出的电信号。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a method for detecting the position of a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a pen tip section and a ring electrode surrounding the pen tip section, and the pen tip section is electrically different from the ring electrode. Coupling, the detection method includes: detecting the electrical signal simultaneously sent by the ring electrode and the pen tip section in the zeroth period; and detecting the electrical signal sent by the pen tip section in the first period.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种侦测发信器位置的触控处理装置,其中该发信器包含笔尖段以及环绕该笔尖段的环状电极,该笔尖段与该环状电极的电性不耦合,该触控处理装置连接至触控面板,该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点,该触控处理装置用于于第零时段侦测该环状电极与该笔尖段所同时发出的电信号;以及于第一时段侦测该笔尖段所发出的电信号。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch processing device for detecting the position of the transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a pen tip section and a ring electrode surrounding the pen tip section, and the pen tip section and the ring electrode Electrically uncoupled, the touch processing device is connected to a touch panel, and the touch panel includes a plurality of sensing points formed by a plurality of first electrodes, a plurality of second electrodes and their overlaps, and the touch processing device is used Detecting the electrical signal simultaneously sent by the annular electrode and the nib section in the zeroth period; and detecting the electrical signal sent by the nib section in the first period.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种触控系统,包含发信器、触控面板与连接至该触控面板的触控处理装置,其中该发信器包含笔尖段以及环绕该笔尖段的环状电极,该笔尖段与该环状电极的电性不耦合,该触控面板包含多个第一电极与多个第二电极及其重叠处所形成的多个感测点,该触控处理装置用于于第零时段侦测该环状电极与该笔尖段所同时发出的电信号;以及于第一时段侦测该笔尖段所发出的电信号。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a touch control system, including a transmitter, a touch panel, and a touch processing device connected to the touch panel, wherein the transmitter includes a pen tip section and a pen surrounding the pen tip section A ring electrode, the pen tip section is not electrically coupled to the ring electrode, the touch panel includes a plurality of first electrodes and a plurality of second electrodes and a plurality of sensing points formed by their overlaps, the touch processing The device is used for detecting the electric signal sent out by the annular electrode and the pen tip section simultaneously in the zeroth period; and detecting the electric signal sent out by the pen tip section in the first period.

在一实施例中,该环状电极与该笔尖段所发出的电信号包含相同一组的信号频率群组。在另一实施例中,该环状电极与该笔尖段分别发出不同的信号频率群组。In one embodiment, the electrical signals emitted by the ring electrode and the pen tip segment include the same set of signal frequency groups. In another embodiment, the ring electrode and the pen tip segment respectively send out different signal frequency groups.

在一实施例中,该第一时段于该第零时段之后。In one embodiment, the first period is after the zeroth period.

在一实施例中,更包含根据该第零时段所侦测的电信号,计算该发信器的第一重心位置。在另一实施例中,更包含根据该第一时段所侦测的电信号,计算该发信器的第二重心位置。In one embodiment, the method further includes calculating the first center-of-gravity position of the transmitter according to the electrical signal detected in the zeroth period. In another embodiment, the method further includes calculating a second center-of-gravity position of the transmitter according to the electrical signal detected during the first period.

在一实施例中,根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置,计算该发信器接触触控面板的表面位置,其中该表面位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的表面层交会的位置。In one embodiment, according to the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, the surface position of the transmitter touching the touch panel is calculated, wherein the surface position is the pen tip axis of the transmitter and the touch panel. The location where the surface layers of the panels meet.

在一实施例中,根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置,计算该发信器接触触控面板的显示位置,其中该显示位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的显示层交会的位置。In one embodiment, according to the first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position, the display position where the transmitter touches the touch panel is calculated, wherein the display position is the pen tip axis of the transmitter and the touch panel. The position of the display layer intersection of the panel.

在一实施例中,根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置,计算该发信器接触触控面板的倾斜角。In one embodiment, according to the first center-of-gravity position and the second center-of-gravity position, an inclination angle at which the transmitter touches the touch panel is calculated.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种计算发信器接触触控面板的表面位置的方法,该方法包含:接收该发信器的第一重心位置,该第一重心位置是根据该发信器的环状电极与笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来;接收该发信器的第二重心位置,该第二重心位置是根据该笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来;以及根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置,计算该表面位置,其中该表面位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的表面层交会的位置。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating the position of the transmitter contacting the surface of the touch panel, the method includes: receiving the first center of gravity position of the transmitter, the first center of gravity position is based on the signaling The second center of gravity position of the receiver is calculated based on the electrical signal sent by the pen tip section; and according to the The first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position are used to calculate the surface position, wherein the surface position is a position where the pen tip axis of the transmitter intersects with the surface layer of the touch panel.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种计算发信器接触触控面板的显示位置的方法,该方法包含:接收该发信器的第一重心位置,该第一重心位置是根据该发信器的环状电极与笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来;接收该发信器的第二重心位置,该第二重心位置是根据该笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来;以及根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置,计算该显示位置,其中该显示位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的显示层交会的位置。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating the display position where the sender touches the touch panel, the method includes: receiving the first center of gravity position of the sender, the first center of gravity position is based on the sender The second center of gravity position of the receiver is calculated based on the electrical signal sent by the pen tip section; and according to the The first center of gravity position and the second center of gravity position are used to calculate the display position, wherein the display position is a position where the pen tip axis of the transmitter intersects with the display layer of the touch panel.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种计算发信器接触触控面板的倾斜角的方法,该方法包含:接收该发信器的第一重心位置,该第一重心位置是根据该发信器的环状电极与笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来;接收该发信器的第二重心位置,该第二重心位置是根据该笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来;以及根据该第一重心位置与该第二重心位置,计算该倾斜角。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a method for calculating the inclination angle of the transmitter contacting the touch panel, the method includes: receiving the first center of gravity position of the transmitter, the first center of gravity position is based on the signaling The second center of gravity position of the receiver is calculated based on the electrical signal sent by the pen tip section; and according to the The first center-of-gravity position and the second center-of-gravity position are used to calculate the inclination angle.

在一实施例中,更包含于第零时段计算该第一重心位置。在另一实施例中,更包含于第一时段计算该第二重心位置。在一实施例中,该第一时段于该第零时段之后。在一实施例中,该环状电极与该笔尖段分别发出不同的信号频率群组。In one embodiment, the method further includes calculating the first center-of-gravity position in the zeroth time period. In another embodiment, the method further includes calculating the second center of gravity position during the first period. In one embodiment, the first period is after the zeroth period. In one embodiment, the ring electrode and the pen tip segment respectively send out different signal frequency groups.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种显示方法,包含:接收发信器的位置;接收该发信器的倾斜角;以及根据该位置与该倾斜角决定显示范围。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a display method, including: receiving the position of the transmitter; receiving the tilt angle of the transmitter; and determining the display range according to the position and the tilt angle.

在一实施例中,该位置包含下列其中之一:第一重心位置;第二重心位置;表面位置;以及显示位置,其中该第一重心位置是根据该发信器的环状电极与笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来,该第二重心位置是根据该笔尖段所发出的电信号所计算出来,该表面位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与触控面板的表面层交会的位置,该显示位置为该发信器的笔尖段轴心与该触控面板的显示层交会的位置。在一实施例中,该环状电极与该笔尖段分别发出不同的信号频率群组。In one embodiment, the position includes one of the following: a first center of gravity position; a second center of gravity position; a surface position; and a display position, wherein the first center of gravity position is based on the ring electrode and the tip section of the transmitter The position of the second center of gravity is calculated based on the electrical signal sent by the pen tip section, and the surface position is the intersection of the pen tip section axis of the transmitter and the surface layer of the touch panel position, the display position is the position where the pen tip axis of the transmitter intersects with the display layer of the touch panel. In one embodiment, the ring electrode and the pen tip segment respectively send out different signal frequency groups.

在一实施例中,该显示范围包含椭圆形。在另一实施例中,该位置位于下列其中之一:该椭圆形的中心;椭圆形的焦点之一;以及该椭圆形的双焦点之联机与该椭圆形的交会点之一。在一实施例中,该椭圆形的双焦点之联机方向相对应于该倾斜角的方向。In an embodiment, the display range includes an ellipse. In another embodiment, the location is at one of: the center of the ellipse; one of the foci of the ellipse; and one of the intersections of a line of bifoci of the ellipse and the ellipse. In one embodiment, the on-line direction of the elliptical bifocal corresponds to the direction of the tilt angle.

在一实施例中,该显示范围包含泪滴形。在另一实施例中,该位置位于下列其中之一:该泪滴形的中心;该泪滴形的顶点;以及该泪滴形的端点。在一实施例中,该泪滴形方向相对应于该倾斜角的方向。In one embodiment, the display range includes a teardrop shape. In another embodiment, the location is at one of: the center of the teardrop; the apex of the teardrop; and the endpoint of the teardrop. In one embodiment, the direction of the tear drop corresponds to the direction of the slope angle.

在一实施例中,该显示范围的方向相对应于该倾斜角的方向。在另一实施例中,该显示范围的大小相对应于该倾斜角的大小。在更一实施例中,该显示范围的颜色相对应于下列其中之一:该倾斜角的大小;以及该倾斜角的方向。In one embodiment, the direction of the display range corresponds to the direction of the tilt angle. In another embodiment, the size of the display range corresponds to the size of the tilt angle. In yet another embodiment, the color of the display range corresponds to one of the following: the magnitude of the tilt angle; and the direction of the tilt angle.

在一实施例中,更包含接收该发信器的受力,该显示范围的大小相对应于该受力的大小。In one embodiment, receiving the force of the transmitter is further included, and the size of the display range corresponds to the force.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器的发信方法,包含:在该发信器的力传感器未感测到力的时候,发出具有第一信号强度的第一电信号;以及在该力传感器感测到力的时候,发出具有第二信号强度的第二电信号,其中该第一信号强度大于该第二信号强度。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a signaling method for a transmitter, including: when the force sensor of the transmitter does not sense force, sending a first electrical signal with a first signal strength; and A second electrical signal having a second signal strength is emitted when the force sensor senses a force, wherein the first signal strength is greater than the second signal strength.

在一实施例中,该力传感器包含该发信器的笔尖段。In one embodiment, the force sensor comprises a stylus segment of the transmitter.

在一实施例中,该发信器更包含环状电极,其中该第一电信号是由该笔尖段与该环状电极所发出,该第二电信号是由该笔尖段所发出。In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes a ring electrode, wherein the first electrical signal is sent by the tip section and the ring electrode, and the second electrical signal is sent by the tip section.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器,包含:力传感器;以及控制模块,用于:在该力传感器未感测到力的时候,令该发信器发出具有第一信号强度的第一电信号;以及在该力传感器感测到力的时候,令该发信器发出具有第二信号强度的第二电信号,其中该第一信号强度大于该第二信号强度。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, including: a force sensor; and a control module, used to: when the force sensor does not sense a force, make the transmitter send a signal with a first signal strength and when the force sensor senses a force, causing the transmitter to send out a second electrical signal with a second signal strength, wherein the first signal strength is greater than the second signal strength.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器,该发信器包含一笔尖段,其中该发信器用于根据相应于该笔尖段的一受力程度产生一第一信号,以及通过该笔尖段发出包含该第一信号的一电信号,该电信号的一属性相应于该受力程度。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a transmitter, the transmitter includes a nib section, wherein the transmitter is used to generate a first signal according to a degree of force corresponding to the nib section, and through the The nib segment sends out an electric signal including the first signal, and a property of the electric signal corresponds to the force degree.

本发明的特征之一,在于提供一种发信器的发信方法,其中该发信器包含一笔尖段,该发信方法包含:根据相应于该笔尖段的一受力程度产生一第一信号;以及通过该笔尖段发出包含该第一信号的一电信号,该电信号的一属性相应于该受力程度。One of the characteristics of the present invention is to provide a signaling method for a transmitter, wherein the transmitter includes a nib section, and the signaling method includes: generating a first force according to a degree of force corresponding to the nib section a signal; and sending an electric signal including the first signal through the nib segment, a property of the electric signal corresponding to the degree of force.

在一实施例中,该电信号与该第一信号为模拟信号。在一实施例中,该属性为该电信号当中的该第一信号与一第二信号的一强度比例值。In one embodiment, the electrical signal and the first signal are analog signals. In one embodiment, the attribute is an intensity ratio value of the first signal and a second signal among the electrical signals.

在一实施例中,该第一信号为该电信号当中的一第一频率群组的信号,该第二信号为该电信号当中的一第二频率群组的信号。在一实施例中,该发信器更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。In one embodiment, the first signal is a signal of a first frequency group among the electrical signals, and the second signal is a signal of a second frequency group among the electrical signals. In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes a first element and a second element, wherein the first element is used to generate the first signal according to the force level, and the second element is used to generate the second signal. Signal.

在一实施例中,该发信器更包含一放大器,用于分别接收该第一元件与该第二元件所输出的该第一信号与该第二信号,放大后输出该电信号到该笔尖段。在另一实施例中,该发信器更包含一第一放大器用于接收与放大一第一信号源的输出信号至该第一元件;以及一第二放大器用于接收与放大一第二信号源的输出信号至该第一元件。In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes an amplifier for receiving the first signal and the second signal output by the first element and the second element respectively, amplifying and outputting the electrical signal to the pen tip part. In another embodiment, the transmitter further includes a first amplifier for receiving and amplifying an output signal from a first signal source to the first element; and a second amplifier for receiving and amplifying a second signal The output signal of the source is sent to the first element.

在一实施例中,该第一信号为在一第一时间内的该电信号,该第二信号为在一第二时间内的该电信号。在一实施例中,该第一信号与该第二信号具有相同的频率群组。在一实施例中,该发信器更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。在一实施例中,该发信器更包含一放大器,用于分别接收该第一元件与该第二元件所输出的该第一信号与该第二信号,放大后输出该电信号到该笔尖段。In one embodiment, the first signal is the electrical signal within a first time, and the second signal is the electrical signal within a second time. In one embodiment, the first signal and the second signal have the same frequency group. In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes a first element and a second element, wherein the first element is used to generate the first signal according to the force level, and the second element is used to generate the second signal. Signal. In one embodiment, the transmitter further includes an amplifier for receiving the first signal and the second signal output by the first element and the second element respectively, amplifying and outputting the electrical signal to the pen tip part.

以上所述,仅是本发明的较佳实施例而已,并非对本发明作任何形式上的限制,虽然本发明已以较佳实施例揭露如上,然而并非用以限定本发明,任何熟悉本专业的技术人员,在不脱离本发明技术方案范围内,当可利用上述揭示的技术内容作出些许更动或修饰为等同变化的等效实施例,但凡是未脱离本发明技术方案的内容,依据本发明的技术实质对以上实施例所作的任何简单修改、等同变化与修饰,均仍属于本发明技术方案的范围内。The above description is only a preferred embodiment of the present invention, and does not limit the present invention in any form. Although the present invention has been disclosed as above with preferred embodiments, it is not intended to limit the present invention. Anyone familiar with this field Those skilled in the art, without departing from the scope of the technical solution of the present invention, can use the technical content disclosed above to make some changes or modify them into equivalent embodiments with equivalent changes, but any content that does not depart from the technical solution of the present invention, according to the present invention Any simple modifications, equivalent changes and modifications made to the above embodiments by the technical essence still belong to the scope of the technical solutions of the present invention.

Claims (19)

1.一种发信器,其特征在于其包含一笔尖段,其中该发信器用于根据相应于该笔尖段的一受力程度产生一第一信号,以及通过该笔尖段发出包含该第一信号的一电信号,该电信号的一属性相应于该受力程度。1. A transmitter, characterized in that it includes a nib section, wherein the transmitter is used to generate a first signal according to a force level corresponding to the nib section, and sends out a signal including the first pen nib section through the nib section. An electrical signal of a signal, a property of which corresponds to the magnitude of the force. 2.根据权利要求1所述的发信器,其特征在于其中该电信号与该第一信号为模拟信号。2. The transmitter according to claim 1, wherein the electrical signal and the first signal are analog signals. 3.根据权利要求1所述的发信器,其特征在于其中该属性为该电信号当中的该第一信号与一第二信号的一强度比例值。3. The transmitter according to claim 1, wherein the attribute is a strength ratio value of the first signal and a second signal among the electrical signals. 4.根据权利要求3所述的发信器,其特征在于其中该第一信号为该电信号当中的一第一频率群组的信号,该第二信号为该电信号当中的一第二频率群组的信号。4. The transmitter according to claim 3, wherein the first signal is a signal of a first frequency group in the electrical signal, and the second signal is a second frequency in the electrical signal group signal. 5.根据权利要求4所述的发信器,其特征在于其更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。5. The transmitter according to claim 4, characterized in that it further comprises a first element and a second element, wherein the first element is used to generate the first signal according to the degree of force, the second The element is used to generate the second signal. 6.根据权利要求5所述的发信器,其特征在于其更包含一放大器,用于分别接收该第一元件与该第二元件所输出的该第一信号与该第二信号,放大后输出该电信号到该笔尖段。6. The transmitter according to claim 5, further comprising an amplifier for respectively receiving the first signal and the second signal outputted by the first element and the second element, and amplified The electrical signal is output to the nib segment. 7.根据权利要求5所述的发信器,其特征在于其更包含:7. The transmitter according to claim 5, further comprising: 一第一放大器用于接收与放大一第一信号源的输出信号至该第一元件;以及a first amplifier for receiving and amplifying an output signal of a first signal source to the first element; and 一第二放大器用于接收与放大一第二信号源的输出信号至该第一元件。A second amplifier is used for receiving and amplifying an output signal of a second signal source to the first element. 8.根据权利要求3所述的发信器,其特征在于其中该第一信号为在一第一时间内的该电信号,该第二信号为在一第二时间内的该电信号。8. The transmitter according to claim 3, wherein the first signal is the electrical signal within a first time period, and the second signal is the electrical signal within a second time period. 9.根据权利要求8所述的发信器,其特征在于其中该第一信号与该第二信号具有相同的频率群组。9. The transmitter according to claim 8, wherein the first signal and the second signal have the same frequency group. 10.根据权利要求8所述的发信器,其特征在于其更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。10. The transmitter according to claim 8, further comprising a first element and a second element, wherein the first element is used to generate the first signal according to the force level, the second The element is used to generate the second signal. 11.根据权利要求10所述的发信器,其特征在于其更包含一放大器,用于分别接收该第一元件与该第二元件所输出的该第一信号与该第二信号,放大后输出该电信号到该笔尖段。11. The transmitter according to claim 10, further comprising an amplifier for respectively receiving the first signal and the second signal outputted by the first element and the second element, and amplified The electrical signal is output to the nib segment. 12.一种发信器的发信方法,其特征在于其中该发信器包含一笔尖段,该发信方法包含:12. A method for sending a letter by a sender, wherein the sender includes a nib section, and the method for sending a letter includes: 根据相应于该笔尖段的一受力程度产生一第一信号;以及generating a first signal according to a force degree corresponding to the pen tip segment; and 通过该笔尖段发出包含该第一信号的一电信号,该电信号的一属性相应于该受力程度。An electrical signal including the first signal is sent out through the nib section, and a property of the electrical signal corresponds to the force degree. 13.根据权利要求12所述的发信方法,其特征在于其中该电信号与该第一信号为模拟信号。13. The signaling method according to claim 12, wherein the electrical signal and the first signal are analog signals. 14.根据权利要求12所述的发信方法,其特征在于其中该属性为该电信号当中的该第一信号与一第二信号的一强度比例值。14. The signaling method according to claim 12, wherein the attribute is an intensity ratio value of the first signal and a second signal among the electrical signals. 15.根据权利要求14所述的发信方法,其特征在于其中该第一信号为该电信号当中的一第一频率群组的信号,该第二信号为该电信号当中的一第二频率群组的信号。15. The signaling method according to claim 14, wherein the first signal is a signal of a first frequency group in the electrical signal, and the second signal is a second frequency in the electrical signal group signal. 16.根据权利要求15所述的发信方法,其特征在于其中该发信器更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。16. The signaling method according to claim 15, wherein the transmitter further comprises a first element and a second element, wherein the first element is used to generate the first signal according to the degree of force , the second element is used to generate the second signal. 17.根据权利要求14所述的发信方法,其特征在于其中该第一信号为在一第一时间内的该电信号,该第二信号为在一第二时间内的该电信号。17. The signaling method according to claim 14, wherein the first signal is the electrical signal within a first time period, and the second signal is the electrical signal within a second time period. 18.根据权利要求17所述的发信方法,其特征在于其中该第一信号与该第二信号具有相同的频率群组。18. The signaling method according to claim 17, wherein the first signal and the second signal have the same frequency group. 19.根据权利要求18所述的发信方法,其特征在于其中该发信器更包含一第一元件与一第二元件,其中该第一元件用于根据该受力程度产生该第一信号,该第二元件用于产生该第二信号。19. The signaling method according to claim 18, wherein the transmitter further comprises a first element and a second element, wherein the first element is used to generate the first signal according to the degree of force , the second element is used to generate the second signal.
CN201510088398.3A 2014-02-27 2015-02-26 transmitter and transmitting method thereof Active CN104881152B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201461945397P 2014-02-27 2014-02-27
US61/945,397 2014-02-27
US201461992340P 2014-05-13 2014-05-13
US61/992,340 2014-05-13
US201462055995P 2014-09-26 2014-09-26
US62/055,995 2014-09-26
US14/537,082 2014-11-10
US14/537,082 US9851816B2 (en) 2013-11-08 2014-11-10 Transmitter and controlling method thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN104881152A true CN104881152A (en) 2015-09-02
CN104881152B CN104881152B (en) 2018-06-05

Family

ID=53948673

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201510088398.3A Active CN104881152B (en) 2014-02-27 2015-02-26 transmitter and transmitting method thereof

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104881152B (en)
TW (1) TWI581132B (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107957795A (en) * 2016-10-17 2018-04-24 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 Touch control pen and pen point structure thereof
CN108983996A (en) * 2017-06-02 2018-12-11 立顶科技有限公司 Touch-control system and touch-control sensing controller and stylus are in utilization wherein
CN112416149A (en) * 2016-03-08 2021-02-26 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 Touch control device for detecting inclination angle of touch pen and control method thereof

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10579169B2 (en) 2016-03-08 2020-03-03 Egalax_Empia Technology Inc. Stylus and touch control apparatus for detecting tilt angle of stylus and control method thereof
TWI711949B (en) * 2017-11-28 2020-12-01 禾瑞亞科技股份有限公司 Electronic board eraser and controlling method thereof

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102576274A (en) * 2010-09-22 2012-07-11 赛普拉斯半导体公司 Capacitive stylus for a touch screen
US20120242603A1 (en) * 2011-03-21 2012-09-27 N-Trig Ltd. System and method for authentication with a computer stylus
TW201339904A (en) * 2012-03-26 2013-10-01 Samsung Display Co Ltd Stylus, pressure detecting system and driving method thereof

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TW201237692A (en) * 2011-03-02 2012-09-16 Wintek Corp Touch pen
TWI441046B (en) * 2011-08-02 2014-06-11 Innolux Corp Stylus pen

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102576274A (en) * 2010-09-22 2012-07-11 赛普拉斯半导体公司 Capacitive stylus for a touch screen
US20120242603A1 (en) * 2011-03-21 2012-09-27 N-Trig Ltd. System and method for authentication with a computer stylus
TW201339904A (en) * 2012-03-26 2013-10-01 Samsung Display Co Ltd Stylus, pressure detecting system and driving method thereof

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112416149A (en) * 2016-03-08 2021-02-26 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 Touch control device for detecting inclination angle of touch pen and control method thereof
CN107957795A (en) * 2016-10-17 2018-04-24 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 Touch control pen and pen point structure thereof
CN107957795B (en) * 2016-10-17 2021-03-02 禾瑞亚科技股份有限公司 Touch control pen and pen point structure thereof
CN108983996A (en) * 2017-06-02 2018-12-11 立顶科技有限公司 Touch-control system and touch-control sensing controller and stylus are in utilization wherein

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI581132B (en) 2017-05-01
TW201533616A (en) 2015-09-01
CN104881152B (en) 2018-06-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN111580693B (en) force sensor
CN104881152B (en) transmitter and transmitting method thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
EXSB Decision made by sipo to initiate substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant